gdb
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "gdbtypes.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "gdbcore.h"
32 #include "gdbcmd.h"
33 #include "value.h"
34 #include "command.h"
35 #include "inferior.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb_string.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "wrapper.h"
60 #include "valprint.h"
61
62 /* readline include files */
63 #include "readline/readline.h"
64 #include "readline/history.h"
65
66 /* readline defines this. */
67 #undef savestring
68
69 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
70
71 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
72 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
73 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
74
75 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
76
77 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
78
79 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
80
81 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
90
91 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
92
93 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
94
95 static void clear_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void catch_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void watch_command (char *, int);
100
101 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
102
103 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
104
105 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
108
109 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
112
113 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
114 enum bptype bptype);
115
116 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, struct obj_section *, int);
117
118 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
119
120 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
121
122 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
123
124 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
125
126 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
127
128 static void commands_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void condition_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
133
134 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
135
136 typedef enum
137 {
138 mark_inserted,
139 mark_uninserted
140 }
141 insertion_state_t;
142
143 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
144
145 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
146
147 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
148
149 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
150
151 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
152
153 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
154
155 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
156
157 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
158
159 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
160
161 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
162
163 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
164
165 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
166
167 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
168
169 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
170
171 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
172
173 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
174
175 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
176
177 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
178
179 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
180 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
181
182 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
183
184 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
185
186 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
187
188 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
189
190 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
191
192 static void update_global_location_list (int);
193
194 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
195
196 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
197
198 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
199
200 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
201
202 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
203
204 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
205
206 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
207
208 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
209
210 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
211 current breakpoint. */
212
213 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
214
215 static const char *
216 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
217 {
218 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
219 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
220 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
221 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
222 }
223
224 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
225 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
226 if such is available. */
227 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
228
229 static void
230 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
231 struct cmd_list_element *c,
232 const char *value)
233 {
234 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
235 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
236 value);
237 }
238
239 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
240 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
241 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
242 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
243 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
244 static void
245 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
246 struct cmd_list_element *c,
247 const char *value)
248 {
249 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
250 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
251 value);
252 }
253
254 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
255 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
256 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
257 use hardware breakpoints. */
258 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
259 static void
260 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
261 struct cmd_list_element *c,
262 const char *value)
263 {
264 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
265 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
266 value);
267 }
268
269 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
270 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
271 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
272 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
273 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
274
275 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
276 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
277 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
278 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
279 always_inserted_auto,
280 always_inserted_off,
281 always_inserted_on,
282 NULL
283 };
284 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
285 static void
286 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
287 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
288 {
289 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
290 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
291 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
292 value,
293 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
294 else
295 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
296 }
297
298 int
299 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
300 {
301 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
302 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
303 }
304
305 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
306
307 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
308 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
309
310 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
311 static int overlay_events_enabled;
312
313 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
315 breakpoint. */
316
317 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
318
319 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
320 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
321 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
322 B = TMP)
323
324 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
325
326 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
327
328 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
329 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
330 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
331 B = TMP)
332
333 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
334
335 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
336 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
337 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
338
339 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
340
341 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
342
343 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
344
345 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
346 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
347 may still be reported by a target. */
348 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
349
350 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
351
352 int breakpoint_count;
353
354 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
355
356 int tracepoint_count;
357
358 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
359 static int
360 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
361 {
362 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
363 }
364
365 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
366
367 void
368 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
369 {
370 breakpoint_count = num;
371 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
372 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
373 }
374
375 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
376
377 void
378 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
379 {
380 struct breakpoint *b;
381
382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
383 b->hit_count = 0;
384 }
385
386 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
387 for "break" command with no arg.
388 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
389 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
390
391 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
392
393 int default_breakpoint_valid;
394 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
395 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
396 int default_breakpoint_line;
397 \f
398 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
399 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
400
401 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
402 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
403 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
404
405 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
406
407 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
408 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
409 static int
410 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
411 {
412 int retval = 0; /* default */
413 char *p = *pp;
414
415 if (p == NULL)
416 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
417 return breakpoint_count;
418 else if (*p == '$')
419 {
420 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
421 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
422 char *varname;
423 char *start = ++p;
424 struct value *val;
425
426 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
427 p++;
428 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
429 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
430 varname[p - start] = '\0';
431 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
432 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
433 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
434 else
435 {
436 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
437 retval = 0;
438 }
439 }
440 else
441 {
442 if (*p == '-')
443 ++p;
444 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
445 ++p;
446 if (p == *pp)
447 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
448 {
449 /* Skip non-numeric token */
450 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
451 ++p;
452 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
453 retval = 0;
454 }
455 else
456 retval = atoi (*pp);
457 }
458 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
459 {
460 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
461 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
462 ++p;
463 retval = 0;
464 }
465 while (isspace (*p))
466 p++;
467 *pp = p;
468 return retval;
469 }
470
471
472 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
473 int
474 get_number (char **pp)
475 {
476 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
477 }
478
479 /* Parse a number or a range.
480 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
481 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
482 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
483 * inclusive.
484 *
485 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
486 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
487 *
488 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
489 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
490 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
491 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
492 * pointer PP past <number2>.
493 */
494
495 int
496 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
497 {
498 static int last_retval, end_value;
499 static char *end_ptr;
500 static int in_range = 0;
501
502 if (**pp != '-')
503 {
504 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
505 or to the first number of a range. */
506 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
507 if (**pp == '-')
508 {
509 char **temp;
510
511 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
512 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
513 and also remember the end of the final token. */
514
515 temp = &end_ptr;
516 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
517 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
518 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
519 end_value = get_number (temp);
520 if (end_value < last_retval)
521 {
522 error (_("inverted range"));
523 }
524 else if (end_value == last_retval)
525 {
526 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
527 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
528 single number. */
529 *pp = end_ptr;
530 }
531 else
532 in_range = 1;
533 }
534 }
535 else if (! in_range)
536 error (_("negative value"));
537 else
538 {
539 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
540 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
541 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
542 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
543 is reached. */
544
545 if (++last_retval == end_value)
546 {
547 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
548 *pp = end_ptr;
549 in_range = 0;
550 }
551 }
552 return last_retval;
553 }
554
555
556 \f
557 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
558
559 static void
560 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
561 {
562 struct breakpoint *b;
563 char *p;
564 int bnum;
565
566 if (arg == 0)
567 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
568
569 p = arg;
570 bnum = get_number (&p);
571 if (bnum == 0)
572 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
573
574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
575 if (b->number == bnum)
576 {
577 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
578 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
579 {
580 if (loc->cond)
581 {
582 xfree (loc->cond);
583 loc->cond = 0;
584 }
585 }
586 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
587 xfree (b->cond_string);
588
589 if (*p == 0)
590 {
591 b->cond_string = NULL;
592 if (from_tty)
593 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
594 }
595 else
596 {
597 arg = p;
598 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
599 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
600 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
601 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
602 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
603 {
604 arg = p;
605 loc->cond =
606 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
607 if (*arg)
608 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
609 }
610 }
611 breakpoints_changed ();
612 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
613 return;
614 }
615
616 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
617 }
618
619 static void
620 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
621 {
622 struct breakpoint *b;
623 char *p;
624 int bnum;
625 struct command_line *l;
626
627 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
628 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
629 being read from. */
630
631 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
632 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
633
634 p = arg;
635 bnum = get_number (&p);
636
637 if (p && *p)
638 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
639
640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
641 if (b->number == bnum)
642 {
643 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
644 bnum);
645 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
646 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty, 1);
647 do_cleanups (cleanups);
648 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
649 b->commands = l;
650 breakpoints_changed ();
651 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
652 return;
653 }
654 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
655 }
656
657 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
658 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
659
660 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
661 that are part of if and while bodies. */
662 enum command_control_type
663 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
664 {
665 struct breakpoint *b;
666 char *p;
667 int bnum;
668
669 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
670 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
671 being read from. */
672
673 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
674 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
675
676 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
677 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
678 if (arg && !*arg)
679 p = NULL;
680 else
681 p = arg;
682 bnum = get_number (&p);
683
684 if (p && *p)
685 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
686
687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
688 if (b->number == bnum)
689 {
690 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
691 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
692 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
693 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
694 list after it finishes execution. */
695 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
696 breakpoints_changed ();
697 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
698 return simple_control;
699 }
700 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
701 }
702 \f
703 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
704 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
705
706 void
707 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
708 {
709 struct bp_location *b;
710 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
711 int bp_size = 0;
712 int bptoffset = 0;
713
714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
715 {
716 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
717 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
718 b->owner->number);
719
720 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
721 continue;
722 if (!b->inserted)
723 continue;
724 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
725 we need to copy. */
726 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
727 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
728 if (bp_size == 0)
729 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
730 continue;
731
732 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
733 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
734 are reading. */
735 continue;
736
737 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
738 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
739 reading. */
740 continue;
741
742 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
743 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
744 {
745 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
746 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
747 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
748 bp_addr = memaddr;
749 }
750
751 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
752 {
753 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
754 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
755 }
756
757 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
758 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
759 }
760 }
761 \f
762
763 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
764 static void
765 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
766 {
767 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
768 int val = -1;
769
770 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint);
771 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL);
772
773 b->ops->insert (b);
774 }
775
776 static int
777 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
778 {
779 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
780 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
781 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
782 }
783
784 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
785 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
786 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
787 not need them.
788
789 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
790 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
791 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
792 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
793 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
794
795 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
796 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
797 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
798 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
799
800 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
801 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
802 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
803 chain. */
804
805 static void
806 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
807 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
808 {
809 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
810 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
811
812 *valp = NULL;
813 if (resultp)
814 *resultp = NULL;
815 if (val_chain)
816 *val_chain = NULL;
817
818 /* Evaluate the expression. */
819 mark = value_mark ();
820 result = NULL;
821
822 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
823 {
824 result = evaluate_expression (exp);
825 }
826 if (ex.reason < 0)
827 {
828 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
829 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
830 error to some higher catcher. */
831 switch (ex.error)
832 {
833 case MEMORY_ERROR:
834 break;
835 default:
836 throw_exception (ex);
837 break;
838 }
839 }
840
841 new_mark = value_mark ();
842 if (mark == new_mark)
843 return;
844 if (resultp)
845 *resultp = result;
846
847 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
848 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
849 if (result != NULL
850 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
851 *valp = result;
852
853 if (val_chain)
854 {
855 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
856 decide which addresses to watch. */
857 *val_chain = new_mark;
858 value_release_to_mark (mark);
859 }
860 }
861
862 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
863 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
864 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
865 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
866 in b->loc->cond.
867 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
868
869 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
870 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
871 static void
872 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
873 {
874 int within_current_scope;
875 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
876 struct bp_location *loc;
877 bpstat bs;
878
879 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location_chain and
880 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
881 breakpoints if needed. */
882 b->loc = NULL;
883
884 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
885 return;
886
887 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
888 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
889 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
890 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
891 selected frame. */
892 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
893
894 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
895 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
896 within_current_scope = 1;
897 else
898 {
899 struct frame_info *fi;
900 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
901 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
902 if (within_current_scope)
903 select_frame (fi);
904 }
905
906 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
907 {
908 char *s;
909 if (b->exp)
910 {
911 xfree (b->exp);
912 b->exp = NULL;
913 }
914 s = b->exp_string;
915 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
916 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
917 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
918 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
919 be completely different objects. */
920 value_free (b->val);
921 b->val = NULL;
922 b->val_valid = 0;
923 }
924
925 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
926 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
927 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
928 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
929 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
930 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
931 {
932 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
933
934 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
935
936 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
937 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
938 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
939 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
940 if (!b->val_valid)
941 {
942 b->val = v;
943 b->val_valid = 1;
944 }
945
946 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
947 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
948 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
949 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
950 && reparse)
951 {
952 int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used;
953
954 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint,
955 &other_type_used);
956 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
957
958 if (!mem_cnt)
959 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
960 else
961 {
962 int target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
963 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
964 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
965 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
966 else
967 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
968 }
969 }
970
971 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
972 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
973 {
974 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
975 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
976 must watch it. If the first value returned is
977 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
978 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
979 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
980 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
981 {
982 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
983
984 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
985 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
986 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
987 if (v == result
988 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
989 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
990 {
991 CORE_ADDR addr;
992 int len, type;
993 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
994
995 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
996 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
997 type = hw_write;
998 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
999 type = hw_read;
1000 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1001 type = hw_access;
1002
1003 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1004 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1005 ;
1006 *tmp = loc;
1007 loc->address = addr;
1008 loc->length = len;
1009 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1010 }
1011 }
1012
1013 next = value_next (v);
1014 if (v != b->val)
1015 value_free (v);
1016 }
1017
1018 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1019 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1020 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1021 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1022 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1023 {
1024 char *s = b->cond_string;
1025 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1026 }
1027 }
1028 else if (!within_current_scope)
1029 {
1030 printf_filtered (_("\
1031 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1032 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1033 b->number);
1034 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1035 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1036 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1037 }
1038
1039 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1040 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1041 }
1042
1043
1044 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1045 inserted in the inferior. */
1046 static int
1047 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1048 {
1049 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1050 return 0;
1051
1052 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1053 return 0;
1054
1055 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1056 return 0;
1057
1058 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1059 not by us. */
1060 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
1061 return 0;
1062
1063 return 1;
1064 }
1065
1066 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1067 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1068 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1069
1070 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1071 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1072 static int
1073 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1074 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1075 int *disabled_breaks,
1076 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1077 {
1078 int val = 0;
1079
1080 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1081 return 0;
1082
1083 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1084 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1085 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1086
1087 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1088 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1089 {
1090 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1091 {
1092 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1093 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1094 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1095 Two important cases are:
1096 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1097 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1098 hardware breakpoint.
1099 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1100 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1101 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1102
1103 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1104 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1105 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1106 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1107 struct mem_region *mr
1108 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1109
1110 if (mr)
1111 {
1112 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1113 {
1114 int changed = 0;
1115 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1116
1117 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1118 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1119 else
1120 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1121
1122 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1123 {
1124 static int said = 0;
1125 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1126 if (!said)
1127 {
1128 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1129 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1130 said = 1;
1131 }
1132 }
1133 }
1134 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1135 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1136 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1137 paddr (bpt->address));
1138 }
1139 }
1140
1141 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1142 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1143 || bpt->section == NULL
1144 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1145 {
1146 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1147
1148 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1149 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1150 else
1151 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1152 }
1153 else
1154 {
1155 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1156 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1157 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1158 {
1159 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1160 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1161 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1162 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1163 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1164 bpt->owner->number);
1165 else
1166 {
1167 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1168 bpt->section);
1169 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1170 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1171 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1172 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1173 if (val != 0)
1174 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1175 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1176 bpt->owner->number);
1177 }
1178 }
1179 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1180 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1181 {
1182 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1183 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1184 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1185 else
1186 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1187 }
1188 else
1189 {
1190 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1191 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1192 return 0;
1193 }
1194 }
1195
1196 if (val)
1197 {
1198 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1199 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->address))
1200 {
1201 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1202 val = 0;
1203 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1204 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1205 {
1206 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1207 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1208 bpt->owner->number);
1209 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1210 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1211 }
1212 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1213 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1214 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1215 }
1216 else
1217 {
1218 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1219 {
1220 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1221 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1222 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1223 bpt->owner->number);
1224 }
1225 else
1226 {
1227 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1228 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1229 bpt->owner->number);
1230 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1231 "Error accessing memory address ");
1232 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1233 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1234 safe_strerror (val));
1235 }
1236
1237 }
1238 }
1239 else
1240 bpt->inserted = 1;
1241
1242 return val;
1243 }
1244
1245 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1246 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1247 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1248 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1249 {
1250 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1251 bpt->length,
1252 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1253 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1254 }
1255
1256 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1257 {
1258 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1259 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1260 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1261 bpt->owner->number);
1262 if (e.reason < 0)
1263 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1264 else
1265 bpt->inserted = 1;
1266
1267 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1268 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1269 so just return success. */
1270 return 0;
1271 }
1272
1273 return 0;
1274 }
1275
1276 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1277 Throws exception on any error.
1278 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1279 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1280 void
1281 insert_breakpoints (void)
1282 {
1283 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1284
1285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1286 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1287 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1288
1289 update_global_location_list (1);
1290
1291 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
1292 && (target_has_execution
1293 || gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)))
1294 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1295 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1296 insert them now. */
1297 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1298 }
1299
1300 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1301 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1302 Both return zero if successful,
1303 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1304
1305 static void
1306 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1307 {
1308 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1309 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1310 int error = 0;
1311 int val = 0;
1312 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1313 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1314
1315 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1316 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1317
1318 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1319 there was an error. */
1320 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1321
1322 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1323 {
1324 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1325 continue;
1326
1327 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1328 thread no longer exists. */
1329 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1330 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1331 continue;
1332
1333 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1334 &disabled_breaks,
1335 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1336 if (val)
1337 error = val;
1338 }
1339
1340 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1341 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1342 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1343 {
1344 int some_failed = 0;
1345 struct bp_location *loc;
1346
1347 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1348 continue;
1349
1350 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1351 continue;
1352
1353 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1354 continue;
1355
1356 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1357 if (!loc->inserted)
1358 {
1359 some_failed = 1;
1360 break;
1361 }
1362 if (some_failed)
1363 {
1364 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1365 if (loc->inserted)
1366 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1367
1368 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1369 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1370 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1371 bpt->number);
1372 error = -1;
1373 }
1374 }
1375
1376 if (error)
1377 {
1378 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1379 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1380 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1381 {
1382 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1383 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1384 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1385 }
1386 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1387 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1388 }
1389
1390 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1391 }
1392
1393 int
1394 remove_breakpoints (void)
1395 {
1396 struct bp_location *b;
1397 int val;
1398
1399 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1400 {
1401 if (b->inserted)
1402 {
1403 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1404 if (val != 0)
1405 return val;
1406 }
1407 }
1408 return 0;
1409 }
1410
1411 int
1412 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1413 {
1414 struct bp_location *b;
1415 int val;
1416
1417 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1418 {
1419 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1420 {
1421 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1422 if (val != 0)
1423 return val;
1424 }
1425 }
1426 return 0;
1427 }
1428
1429 int
1430 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1431 {
1432 struct bp_location *b;
1433 int val;
1434 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1435 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1436 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
1437
1438 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1439
1440 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1441 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1442 {
1443 if (b->inserted)
1444 {
1445 b->inserted = 0;
1446 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1447 &dummy1, &dummy2);
1448 if (val != 0)
1449 {
1450 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1451 return val;
1452 }
1453 }
1454 }
1455 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1456 return 0;
1457 }
1458
1459 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
1460
1461 static struct breakpoint *
1462 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
1463 {
1464 struct symtab_and_line sal;
1465 struct breakpoint *b;
1466
1467 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
1468
1469 sal.pc = address;
1470 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
1471
1472 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
1473 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
1474 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
1475
1476 return b;
1477 }
1478
1479 static void
1480 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name, struct objfile *objfile)
1481 {
1482 struct breakpoint *b;
1483 struct minimal_symbol *m;
1484
1485 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile)) == NULL)
1486 return;
1487
1488 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
1489 bp_overlay_event);
1490 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
1491
1492 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
1493 {
1494 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
1495 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
1496 }
1497 else
1498 {
1499 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1500 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
1501 }
1502 update_global_location_list (1);
1503 }
1504
1505 void
1506 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1507 {
1508 struct breakpoint *b;
1509 struct breakpoint *temp;
1510 struct bp_location *bploc;
1511 struct objfile *objfile;
1512
1513 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1514 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1515 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1516 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1517 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1518 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1519 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1520 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1521 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1522 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1523
1524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1525 {
1526 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1527 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1528 {
1529 delete_breakpoint (b);
1530 continue;
1531 }
1532
1533 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1534 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1535 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1536 {
1537 delete_breakpoint (b);
1538 continue;
1539 }
1540
1541 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1542 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1543 {
1544 delete_breakpoint (b);
1545 continue;
1546 }
1547
1548 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1549 after an exec. */
1550 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1551 {
1552 delete_breakpoint (b);
1553 continue;
1554 }
1555
1556 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
1557 {
1558 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1559 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1560 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1561 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1562 continue;
1563 }
1564
1565 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1566 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1567 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1568 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1569 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1570 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1571
1572 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1573 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1574 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1575 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1576 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1577 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1578 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1579
1580 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1581 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1582 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1583 let finish_command delete it.
1584
1585 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1586 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1587 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1588 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1589 solib breakpoints.) */
1590
1591 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1592 {
1593 continue;
1594 }
1595
1596 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1597 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1598 a.out. */
1599 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1600 {
1601 delete_breakpoint (b);
1602 continue;
1603 }
1604 }
1605 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1606 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
1607 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event", objfile);
1608 }
1609
1610 int
1611 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1612 {
1613 struct bp_location *b;
1614 int val;
1615 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1616
1617 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1618 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1619
1620 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1621 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1622 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1623 {
1624 if (b->inserted)
1625 {
1626 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1627 if (val != 0)
1628 {
1629 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1630 return val;
1631 }
1632 }
1633 }
1634 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1635 return 0;
1636 }
1637
1638 static int
1639 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1640 {
1641 int val;
1642
1643 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1644 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1645 return 0;
1646
1647 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1648 This should not ever happen. */
1649 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1650
1651 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1652 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1653 {
1654 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1655 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1656 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1657
1658 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1659 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1660 || b->section == NULL
1661 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1662 {
1663 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1664
1665 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1666 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1667 else
1668 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1669 }
1670 else
1671 {
1672 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1673 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1674 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1675 {
1676 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1677 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1678 */
1679 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1680 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1681 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1682 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1683 else
1684 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1685 }
1686 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1687 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1688 if (b->inserted)
1689 {
1690 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1691 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1692 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1693 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1694 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1695 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1696
1697 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1698 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1699 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1700 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1701 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1702 else
1703 val = 0;
1704 }
1705 else
1706 {
1707 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1708 val = 0;
1709 }
1710 }
1711
1712 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
1713 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
1714 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
1715 if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->address))
1716 val = 0;
1717
1718 if (val)
1719 return val;
1720 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1721 }
1722 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1723 {
1724 struct value *v;
1725 struct value *n;
1726
1727 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1728 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1729 b->watchpoint_type);
1730
1731 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1732 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1733 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1734 b->owner->number);
1735 }
1736 else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
1737 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1738 && !b->duplicate)
1739 {
1740 gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL);
1741
1742 val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner);
1743 if (val)
1744 return val;
1745 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1746 }
1747
1748 return 0;
1749 }
1750
1751 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1752
1753 void
1754 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1755 {
1756 struct bp_location *bpt;
1757
1758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1759 bpt->inserted = 0;
1760 }
1761
1762 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1763 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1764
1765 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1766 between runs.
1767
1768 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1769 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1770 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1771
1772
1773
1774 void
1775 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1776 {
1777 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1778 struct bp_location *bpt;
1779 int ix;
1780
1781 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
1782 nothing to do. */
1783 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
1784 return;
1785
1786 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1787 if (bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1788 bpt->inserted = 0;
1789
1790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1791 {
1792 switch (b->type)
1793 {
1794 case bp_call_dummy:
1795 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1796
1797 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1798 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1799 get rid of it.
1800
1801 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1802 delete_breakpoint (b);
1803 break;
1804
1805 case bp_watchpoint:
1806 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1807 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1808 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1809
1810 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1811 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1812 delete_breakpoint (b);
1813 else if (context == inf_starting)
1814 {
1815 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1816 in insert_breakpoints. */
1817 if (b->val)
1818 value_free (b->val);
1819 b->val = NULL;
1820 b->val_valid = 0;
1821 }
1822 break;
1823 default:
1824 break;
1825 }
1826 }
1827
1828 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
1829 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix)
1830 free_bp_location (bpt);
1831 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
1832 }
1833
1834 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1835 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1836 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1837 permanent breakpoint.
1838 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1839 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1840 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1841 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1842 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1843
1844 enum breakpoint_here
1845 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1846 {
1847 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1848 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1849
1850 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1851 {
1852 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1853 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1854 continue;
1855
1856 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1857 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1858 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1859 {
1860 if (overlay_debugging
1861 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1862 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1863 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1864 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1865 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1866 else
1867 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1868 }
1869 }
1870
1871 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
1875
1876 int
1877 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1878 {
1879 struct bp_location *loc;
1880 int ix;
1881
1882 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
1883 if (loc->address == pc)
1884 return 1;
1885
1886 return 0;
1887 }
1888
1889 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1890 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1891 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1892 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1893
1894 int
1895 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1896 {
1897 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1898
1899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1900 {
1901 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1902 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1903 continue;
1904
1905 if (bpt->inserted
1906 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1907 {
1908 if (overlay_debugging
1909 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1910 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1912 else
1913 return 1;
1914 }
1915 }
1916 return 0;
1917 }
1918
1919 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1920 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1921
1922 int
1923 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1924 {
1925 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1926 return 1;
1927
1928 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1929 return 1;
1930
1931 return 0;
1932 }
1933
1934 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1935 inserted at PC. */
1936
1937 int
1938 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1939 {
1940 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1941 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1942
1943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1944 {
1945 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1946 continue;
1947
1948 if (bpt->inserted
1949 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1950 {
1951 if (overlay_debugging
1952 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1953 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1954 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1955 else
1956 return 1;
1957 }
1958 }
1959
1960 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1961 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1962 return 1;
1963
1964 return 0;
1965 }
1966
1967 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1968 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1969
1970 int
1971 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1972 {
1973 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1974 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
1975 int thread = -1;
1976 int task = 0;
1977
1978 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1979 {
1980 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1981 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1982 continue;
1983
1984 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1985 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1986 continue;
1987
1988 if (bpt->address != pc)
1989 continue;
1990
1991 if (bpt->owner->thread != -1)
1992 {
1993 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
1994 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
1995 it is now time to do so. */
1996 if (thread == -1)
1997 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1998 if (bpt->owner->thread != thread)
1999 continue;
2000 }
2001
2002 if (bpt->owner->task != 0)
2003 {
2004 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2005 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2006 it is now time to do so. */
2007 if (task == 0)
2008 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
2009 if (bpt->owner->task != task)
2010 continue;
2011 }
2012
2013 if (overlay_debugging
2014 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2015 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2016 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2017
2018 return 1;
2019 }
2020
2021 return 0;
2022 }
2023 \f
2024
2025 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2026 in breakpoint.h. */
2027
2028 int
2029 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
2030 {
2031 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
2032 }
2033
2034 void
2035 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
2036 {
2037 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2038 value_free (bs->old_val);
2039 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2040 xfree (bs);
2041 }
2042
2043 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2044 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2045
2046 void
2047 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
2048 {
2049 bpstat p;
2050 bpstat q;
2051
2052 if (bsp == 0)
2053 return;
2054 p = *bsp;
2055 while (p != NULL)
2056 {
2057 q = p->next;
2058 bpstat_free (p);
2059 p = q;
2060 }
2061 *bsp = NULL;
2062 }
2063
2064 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2065 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2066
2067 bpstat
2068 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
2069 {
2070 bpstat p = NULL;
2071 bpstat tmp;
2072 bpstat retval = NULL;
2073
2074 if (bs == NULL)
2075 return bs;
2076
2077 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2078 {
2079 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
2080 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
2081 if (bs->commands != NULL)
2082 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2083 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2084 {
2085 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2086 release_value (tmp->old_val);
2087 }
2088
2089 if (p == NULL)
2090 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2091 retval = tmp;
2092 else
2093 p->next = tmp;
2094 p = tmp;
2095 }
2096 p->next = NULL;
2097 return retval;
2098 }
2099
2100 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2101
2102 bpstat
2103 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2104 {
2105 if (bsp == NULL)
2106 return NULL;
2107
2108 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2109 {
2110 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2111 return bsp;
2112 }
2113 return NULL;
2114 }
2115
2116 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2117 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2118 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2119
2120 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2121 step_resume breakpoint.
2122
2123 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2124 struct breakpoint *
2125 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2126 {
2127 int current_thread;
2128
2129 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2130
2131 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2132
2133 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2134 {
2135 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2136 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2137 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2138 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2139 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2140 }
2141
2142 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2143 }
2144
2145
2146 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2147 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2148 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2149 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2150 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2151 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2152 we set it.
2153 Return 1 otherwise. */
2154
2155 int
2156 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2157 {
2158 struct breakpoint *b;
2159
2160 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2161 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2162
2163 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2164 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2165 this function might return the same number more
2166 than once and this will look ugly. */
2167 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2168 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2169 if (b == NULL)
2170 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2171
2172 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2173 return 1;
2174 }
2175
2176 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2177
2178 void
2179 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2180 {
2181 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2182 {
2183 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2184 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2185 {
2186 value_free (bs->old_val);
2187 bs->old_val = NULL;
2188 }
2189 }
2190 }
2191
2192 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2193
2194 static void
2195 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2196 {
2197 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2198 {
2199 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
2200
2201 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2202 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2203 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2204 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2205 if (tp->in_infcall)
2206 return;
2207 }
2208
2209 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
2210 }
2211
2212 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2213 static void
2214 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2215 {
2216 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2217 }
2218
2219 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2220 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2221 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2222 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2223
2224 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2225 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2226 bpstat of the current thread. */
2227
2228 static int
2229 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
2230 {
2231 bpstat bs;
2232 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2233 int again = 0;
2234
2235 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2236 in bs->commands. */
2237 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2238 return 0;
2239
2240 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2241 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2242
2243 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2244 bs = *bsp;
2245
2246 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2247 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2248 {
2249 struct command_line *cmd;
2250 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2251
2252 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2253
2254 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2255 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2256 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2257 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2258 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2259 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2260 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2261 the tree when we're done. */
2262 cmd = bs->commands;
2263 bs->commands = 0;
2264 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2265
2266 while (cmd != NULL)
2267 {
2268 execute_control_command (cmd);
2269
2270 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2271 break;
2272 else
2273 cmd = cmd->next;
2274 }
2275
2276 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2277 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2278
2279 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2280 {
2281 if (target_can_async_p ())
2282 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2283 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2284 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2285 ;
2286 else
2287 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2288 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2289 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2290 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2291 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2292 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2293 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2294 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2295 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2296 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2297 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2298 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2299 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2300 again = 1;
2301 break;
2302 }
2303 }
2304 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2305 return again;
2306 }
2307
2308 void
2309 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2310 {
2311 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2312 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
2313 && target_has_execution
2314 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
2315 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
2316 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2317 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2318 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2319 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2320 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat))
2321 break;
2322 }
2323
2324 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2325
2326 static void
2327 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2328 {
2329 if (val == NULL)
2330 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2331 else
2332 {
2333 struct value_print_options opts;
2334 get_user_print_options (&opts);
2335 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
2336 }
2337 }
2338
2339 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2340 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2341 by having it set different print_it values.
2342
2343 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2344 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2345 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2346 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2347 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2348
2349 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2350 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2351 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2352 don't print anything else.
2353 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2354 that something to be followed by a location.
2355 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2356 that something to be followed by a location.
2357 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2358 analysis. */
2359
2360 static enum print_stop_action
2361 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2362 {
2363 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2364 struct breakpoint *b;
2365 const struct bp_location *bl;
2366 struct ui_stream *stb;
2367 int bp_temp = 0;
2368 enum print_stop_action result;
2369
2370 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2371 which has since been deleted. */
2372 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2373 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2374 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2375 b = bl->owner;
2376
2377 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2378 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2379
2380 switch (b->type)
2381 {
2382 case bp_breakpoint:
2383 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2384 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2385 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2386 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2387 bl->address,
2388 b->number, 1);
2389 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2390 if (bp_temp)
2391 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2392 else
2393 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2394 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2395 {
2396 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2397 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2398 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2399 }
2400 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2401 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2402 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2403 break;
2404
2405 case bp_shlib_event:
2406 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2407 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2408 to shlib event" message.) */
2409 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2410 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2411 break;
2412
2413 case bp_thread_event:
2414 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2415 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2416 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2417 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2418 break;
2419
2420 case bp_overlay_event:
2421 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2422 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2423 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2424 break;
2425
2426 case bp_watchpoint:
2427 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2428 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2429 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2430 ui_out_field_string
2431 (uiout, "reason",
2432 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2433 mention (b);
2434 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2435 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2436 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2437 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2438 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2439 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2440 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2441 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2442 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2443 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2444 break;
2445
2446 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2447 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2448 ui_out_field_string
2449 (uiout, "reason",
2450 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2451 mention (b);
2452 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2453 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2454 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2455 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2456 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2457 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2458 break;
2459
2460 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2461 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2462 {
2463 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2464 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2465 ui_out_field_string
2466 (uiout, "reason",
2467 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2468 mention (b);
2469 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2470 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2471 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2472 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2473 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2474 }
2475 else
2476 {
2477 mention (b);
2478 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2479 ui_out_field_string
2480 (uiout, "reason",
2481 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2482 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2483 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2484 }
2485 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2486 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2487 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2488 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2489 break;
2490
2491 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2492 here. */
2493
2494 case bp_finish:
2495 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2496 ui_out_field_string
2497 (uiout, "reason",
2498 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2499 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2500 break;
2501
2502 case bp_until:
2503 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2504 ui_out_field_string
2505 (uiout, "reason",
2506 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2507 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2508 break;
2509
2510 case bp_none:
2511 case bp_longjmp:
2512 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2513 case bp_step_resume:
2514 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2515 case bp_call_dummy:
2516 case bp_tracepoint:
2517 default:
2518 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2519 break;
2520 }
2521
2522 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2523 return result;
2524 }
2525
2526 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2527 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2528 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2529 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2530 normal_stop(). */
2531
2532 static enum print_stop_action
2533 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2534 {
2535 switch (bs->print_it)
2536 {
2537 case print_it_noop:
2538 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2539 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2540 break;
2541
2542 case print_it_done:
2543 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2544 relevant messages. */
2545 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2546 break;
2547
2548 case print_it_normal:
2549 {
2550 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2551 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2552
2553 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2554 print_it_typical. */
2555 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2556 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2557 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2558 else
2559 return print_it_typical (bs);
2560 }
2561 break;
2562
2563 default:
2564 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2565 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2566 break;
2567 }
2568 }
2569
2570 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2571 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2572 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2573 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2574 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2575 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2576 routine is one of:
2577
2578 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2579 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2580 code to print the location. An example is
2581 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2582 the location.
2583 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2584 to also print the location part of the message.
2585 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2586 don't require a location appended to the end.
2587 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2588 further info to be printed.*/
2589
2590 enum print_stop_action
2591 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2592 {
2593 int val;
2594
2595 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2596 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2597 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2598 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2599 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2600 {
2601 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2602 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2603 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2604 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2605 return val;
2606 }
2607
2608 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2609 with and nothing was printed. */
2610 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2611 }
2612
2613 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2614 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2615 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2616 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2617
2618 static int
2619 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2620 {
2621 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2622 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2623 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2624 return i;
2625 }
2626
2627 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2628
2629 static bpstat
2630 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2631 {
2632 bpstat bs;
2633
2634 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2635 cbs->next = bs;
2636 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2637 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2638 bs->commands = NULL;
2639 bs->old_val = NULL;
2640 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2641 return bs;
2642 }
2643 \f
2644 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2645 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2646
2647 int
2648 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2649 {
2650 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
2651 CORE_ADDR addr;
2652 struct breakpoint *b;
2653
2654 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2655 {
2656 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2657 as not triggered. */
2658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2659 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2660 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2661 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2662 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2663
2664 return 0;
2665 }
2666
2667 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2668 {
2669 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2670 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2671 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2672 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2673 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2674 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2675 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2676
2677 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2678 }
2679
2680 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2681 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2682 triggered. */
2683
2684 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2685 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2686 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2687 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2688 {
2689 struct bp_location *loc;
2690 struct value *v;
2691
2692 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2693 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2694 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2695 sufficient. */
2696 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2697 addr, loc->address,
2698 loc->length))
2699 {
2700 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2701 break;
2702 }
2703 }
2704
2705 return 1;
2706 }
2707
2708 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2709 because of check_errors). */
2710 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2711 #define WP_DELETED 1
2712 /* The value has changed. */
2713 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2714 /* The value has not changed. */
2715 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2716
2717 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2718 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2719
2720 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2721
2722 static int
2723 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2724 {
2725 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2726 struct breakpoint *b;
2727 struct frame_info *fr;
2728 int within_current_scope;
2729
2730 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2731
2732 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2733 within_current_scope = 1;
2734 else
2735 {
2736 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2737 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2738 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2739 reinit_frame_cache ();
2740 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2741 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2742
2743 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2744 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2745 if (within_current_scope
2746 && (block_linkage_function (b->exp_valid_block)
2747 != get_frame_function (fr)))
2748 within_current_scope = 0;
2749
2750 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2751 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2752 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2753 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2754 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2755
2756 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2757 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2758 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2759 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2760 if (!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2761 {
2762 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
2763 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
2764 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
2765
2766 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
2767 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2768 }
2769 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2770 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2771 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2772 the user. */
2773 select_frame (fr);
2774 }
2775
2776 if (within_current_scope)
2777 {
2778 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2779 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2780 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2781 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2782
2783 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2784 struct value *new_val;
2785
2786 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2787 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2788 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2789 {
2790 if (new_val != NULL)
2791 {
2792 release_value (new_val);
2793 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2794 }
2795 bs->old_val = b->val;
2796 b->val = new_val;
2797 b->val_valid = 1;
2798 /* We will stop here */
2799 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2800 }
2801 else
2802 {
2803 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2804 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2805 /* We won't stop here */
2806 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2807 }
2808 }
2809 else
2810 {
2811 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2812 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2813 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2814 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2815 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2816 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2817 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2818 the first value assigned). */
2819 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2820 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2821 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2822 information here. */
2823 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2824 ui_out_field_string
2825 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2826 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2827 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2828 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2829 which its expression is valid.\n");
2830
2831 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2832 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2833 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2834
2835 return WP_DELETED;
2836 }
2837 }
2838
2839 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2840 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2841 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2842 static int
2843 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2844 {
2845 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2846
2847 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2848 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2849 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2850 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2851 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2852 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2853 {
2854 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2855 return 0;
2856 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2857 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2858 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2859 return 0;
2860 }
2861
2862 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2863 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2864 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2865 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2866 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2867 (did not match the data address). */
2868
2869 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2870 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2871 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2872 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2873 return 0;
2874
2875 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2876 {
2877 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2878 return 0;
2879 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2880 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2881 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2882 return 0;
2883 }
2884
2885 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2886 {
2887 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL);
2888 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b))
2889 return 0;
2890 }
2891
2892 return 1;
2893 }
2894
2895 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2896 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2897 to 0. */
2898 static void
2899 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2900 {
2901 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2902 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2903
2904 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2905 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2906 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2907 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2908 {
2909 CORE_ADDR addr;
2910 struct value *v;
2911 int must_check_value = 0;
2912
2913 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2914 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2915 watched value. */
2916 must_check_value = 1;
2917 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2918 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2919 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2920 this watchpoint. */
2921 must_check_value = 1;
2922 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2923 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2924 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2925 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2926 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2927 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2928 must_check_value = 1;
2929
2930 if (must_check_value)
2931 {
2932 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2933 b->number);
2934 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2935 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2936 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2937 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2938 switch (e)
2939 {
2940 case WP_DELETED:
2941 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2942 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2943 /* Stop. */
2944 break;
2945 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2946 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2947 {
2948 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2949 the value has changed. This is for targets
2950 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2951 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2952 bs->stop = 0;
2953 }
2954 break;
2955 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2956 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2957 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2958 {
2959 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2960 the value hasn't changed. */
2961 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2962 bs->stop = 0;
2963 }
2964 /* Stop. */
2965 break;
2966 default:
2967 /* Can't happen. */
2968 case 0:
2969 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2970 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2971 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2972 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2973 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2974 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2975 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2976 break;
2977 }
2978 }
2979 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2980 {
2981 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2982 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2983 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2984 anything for this watchpoint. */
2985 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2986 bs->stop = 0;
2987 }
2988 }
2989 }
2990
2991
2992 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2993 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2994 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2995 static void
2996 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2997 {
2998 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2999 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
3000 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3001
3002 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
3003 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3004 bs->stop = 0;
3005 else if (bs->stop)
3006 {
3007 int value_is_zero = 0;
3008
3009 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3010 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3011 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3012 iteration. */
3013 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
3014 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3015
3016 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
3017 {
3018 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3019 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3020 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3021 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3022 function call. */
3023 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3024
3025 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
3026 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
3027 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3028 value_is_zero
3029 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
3030 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3031 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3032 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3033 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3034 }
3035 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
3036 {
3037 bs->stop = 0;
3038 }
3039 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
3040 {
3041 bs->stop = 0;
3042 }
3043 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
3044 {
3045 b->ignore_count--;
3046 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3047 bs->stop = 0;
3048 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3049 stop. */
3050 ++(b->hit_count);
3051 }
3052 }
3053 }
3054
3055
3056 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3057 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3058
3059 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3060 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3061
3062 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3063
3064 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3065
3066 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3067 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3068 several reasons concurrently.)
3069
3070 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3071 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3072
3073 bpstat
3074 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3075 {
3076 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3077 const struct bp_location *bl;
3078 struct bp_location *loc;
3079 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3080 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3081 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3082 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3083 int ix;
3084 int need_remove_insert;
3085
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3087 {
3088 b = bl->owner;
3089 gdb_assert (b);
3090 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3091 continue;
3092
3093 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3094 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3095 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3096 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3097 alrea
3098 */
3099 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3100 continue;
3101
3102 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3103 continue;
3104
3105 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3106
3107 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3108
3109 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3110 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3111 'stop' to 0. */
3112 bs->stop = 1;
3113 bs->print = 1;
3114
3115 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3116 if (!bs->stop)
3117 continue;
3118
3119 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3120 /* We do not stop for these. */
3121 bs->stop = 0;
3122 else
3123 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3124
3125 if (bs->stop)
3126 {
3127 ++(b->hit_count);
3128
3129 /* We will stop here */
3130 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3131 {
3132 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3133 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3134 update_global_location_list (0);
3135 }
3136 if (b->silent)
3137 bs->print = 0;
3138 bs->commands = b->commands;
3139 if (bs->commands &&
3140 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3141 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3142 {
3143 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3144 bs->print = 0;
3145 }
3146 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3147 }
3148
3149 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3150 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3151 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3152 }
3153
3154 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3155 {
3156 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3157 {
3158 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3159 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3160 bs->stop = 0;
3161 bs->print = 0;
3162 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3163 }
3164 }
3165
3166 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3167 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3168
3169 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3170 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3171 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3172 done later. */
3173 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3174 if (bs->stop)
3175 break;
3176
3177 need_remove_insert = 0;
3178 if (bs == NULL)
3179 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3180 if (!bs->stop
3181 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3182 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3183 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3184 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3185 {
3186 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3187 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3188 further code from trying to use it. */
3189 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3190 need_remove_insert = 1;
3191 }
3192
3193 if (need_remove_insert)
3194 {
3195 remove_breakpoints ();
3196 insert_breakpoints ();
3197 }
3198
3199 return root_bs->next;
3200 }
3201 \f
3202 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3203 struct bpstat_what
3204 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3205 {
3206 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3207 enum class
3208 {
3209 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3210 no_effect = 0,
3211
3212 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3213 wp_silent,
3214
3215 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3216 wp_noisy,
3217
3218 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3219 bp_nostop,
3220
3221 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3222 bp_silent,
3223
3224 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3225 bp_noisy,
3226
3227 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3228 long_jump,
3229
3230 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3231 long_resume,
3232
3233 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3234 step_resume,
3235
3236 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3237 shlib_event,
3238
3239 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3240 class_last
3241 };
3242
3243 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3244 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3245 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3246 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3247 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3248 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3249 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3250 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3251 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3252 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3253 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3254
3255 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3256 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3257 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3258 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3259
3260 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3261 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3262 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3263 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3264 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3265 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3266 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3267
3268 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3269 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3270 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3271 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3272 ordering is:
3273
3274 kc < clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3275 sgl < shl slr sn sr ss
3276 slr < err shl sn sr ss
3277 clr < err shl sn sr ss
3278 ss < shl sn sr
3279 sn < shl sr
3280 shl < sr
3281 sr <
3282
3283 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3284 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3285 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3286 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3287 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3288
3289 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3290 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3291 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3292
3293 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3294 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3295 {
3296 /* old action */
3297 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl
3298 */
3299 /*no_effect */
3300 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl},
3301 /*wp_silent */
3302 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3303 /*wp_noisy */
3304 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3305 /*bp_nostop */
3306 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl},
3307 /*bp_silent */
3308 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3309 /*bp_noisy */
3310 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3311 /*long_jump */
3312 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl},
3313 /*long_resume */
3314 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl},
3315 /*step_resume */
3316 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3317 /*shlib */
3318 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl}
3319 };
3320
3321 #undef kc
3322 #undef ss
3323 #undef sn
3324 #undef sgl
3325 #undef slr
3326 #undef clr
3327 #undef err
3328 #undef sr
3329 #undef ts
3330 #undef shl
3331 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3332 struct bpstat_what retval;
3333
3334 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3335 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3336 {
3337 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3338 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3339 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3340 which has since been deleted. */
3341 continue;
3342 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3343 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3344 else
3345 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3346 {
3347 case bp_none:
3348 continue;
3349
3350 case bp_breakpoint:
3351 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3352 case bp_until:
3353 case bp_finish:
3354 if (bs->stop)
3355 {
3356 if (bs->print)
3357 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3358 else
3359 bs_class = bp_silent;
3360 }
3361 else
3362 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3363 break;
3364 case bp_watchpoint:
3365 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3366 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3367 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3368 if (bs->stop)
3369 {
3370 if (bs->print)
3371 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3372 else
3373 bs_class = wp_silent;
3374 }
3375 else
3376 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3377 This requires no further action. */
3378 bs_class = no_effect;
3379 break;
3380 case bp_longjmp:
3381 bs_class = long_jump;
3382 break;
3383 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3384 bs_class = long_resume;
3385 break;
3386 case bp_step_resume:
3387 if (bs->stop)
3388 {
3389 bs_class = step_resume;
3390 }
3391 else
3392 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3393 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3394 break;
3395 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3396 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3397 break;
3398 case bp_shlib_event:
3399 bs_class = shlib_event;
3400 break;
3401 case bp_thread_event:
3402 case bp_overlay_event:
3403 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3404 break;
3405 case bp_catchpoint:
3406 if (bs->stop)
3407 {
3408 if (bs->print)
3409 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3410 else
3411 bs_class = bp_silent;
3412 }
3413 else
3414 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3415 This requires no further action. */
3416 bs_class = no_effect;
3417 break;
3418 case bp_call_dummy:
3419 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3420 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3421 bs_class = bp_silent;
3422 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3423 break;
3424 case bp_tracepoint:
3425 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3426 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3427 out already. */
3428 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3429 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3430 break;
3431 }
3432 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3433 }
3434 retval.main_action = current_action;
3435 return retval;
3436 }
3437
3438 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3439 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3440 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3441
3442 int
3443 bpstat_should_step (void)
3444 {
3445 struct breakpoint *b;
3446 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3447 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
3448 return 1;
3449 return 0;
3450 }
3451
3452 \f
3453
3454 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3455 struct bp_location *loc,
3456 char *wrap_indent,
3457 struct ui_stream *stb)
3458 {
3459 if (b->source_file)
3460 {
3461 struct symbol *sym
3462 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3463 if (sym)
3464 {
3465 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3466 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3467 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3468 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3469 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3470 }
3471 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3472 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3473
3474 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3475 {
3476 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3477 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3478
3479 if (fullname)
3480 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3481 }
3482
3483 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3484 }
3485 else if (!b->loc)
3486 {
3487 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3488 }
3489 else
3490 {
3491 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3492 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3493 }
3494 }
3495
3496 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3497 static void
3498 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3499 struct bp_location *loc,
3500 int loc_number,
3501 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3502 {
3503 struct command_line *l;
3504 struct symbol *sym;
3505 struct ep_type_description
3506 {
3507 enum bptype type;
3508 char *description;
3509 };
3510 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3511 {
3512 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3513 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3514 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3515 {bp_until, "until"},
3516 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3517 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3518 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3519 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3520 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3521 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3522 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3523 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3524 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3525 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3526 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3527 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3528 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3529 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
3530 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
3531 };
3532
3533 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3534 char wrap_indent[80];
3535 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3536 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3537 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3538
3539 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3540 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3541 struct value_print_options opts;
3542
3543 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3544
3545 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3546 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3547 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3548 location. */
3549 if (loc == NULL
3550 && (b->loc != NULL
3551 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3552 header_of_multiple = 1;
3553 if (loc == NULL)
3554 loc = b->loc;
3555
3556 annotate_record ();
3557 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3558
3559 /* 1 */
3560 annotate_field (0);
3561 if (part_of_multiple)
3562 {
3563 char *formatted;
3564 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3565 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3566 xfree (formatted);
3567 }
3568 else
3569 {
3570 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3571 }
3572
3573 /* 2 */
3574 annotate_field (1);
3575 if (part_of_multiple)
3576 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3577 else
3578 {
3579 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3580 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3581 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3582 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3583 (int) b->type);
3584 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3585 }
3586
3587 /* 3 */
3588 annotate_field (2);
3589 if (part_of_multiple)
3590 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3591 else
3592 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3593
3594
3595 /* 4 */
3596 annotate_field (3);
3597 if (part_of_multiple)
3598 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3599 else
3600 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3601 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3602 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3603
3604
3605 /* 5 and 6 */
3606 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3607 if (opts.addressprint)
3608 {
3609 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3610 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3611 else
3612 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3613 }
3614
3615 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3616 {
3617 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3618 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3619 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3620 just one location. */
3621 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3622 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3623 }
3624 else
3625 switch (b->type)
3626 {
3627 case bp_none:
3628 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3629 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3630 break;
3631
3632 case bp_watchpoint:
3633 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3634 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3635 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3636 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3637 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3638 is relatively readable). */
3639 if (opts.addressprint)
3640 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3641 annotate_field (5);
3642 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
3643 break;
3644
3645 case bp_breakpoint:
3646 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3647 case bp_until:
3648 case bp_finish:
3649 case bp_longjmp:
3650 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3651 case bp_step_resume:
3652 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3653 case bp_call_dummy:
3654 case bp_shlib_event:
3655 case bp_thread_event:
3656 case bp_overlay_event:
3657 case bp_tracepoint:
3658 if (opts.addressprint)
3659 {
3660 annotate_field (4);
3661 if (header_of_multiple)
3662 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3663 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3664 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3665 else
3666 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3667 }
3668 annotate_field (5);
3669 if (!header_of_multiple)
3670 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3671 if (b->loc)
3672 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3673 break;
3674 }
3675
3676 if (!part_of_multiple)
3677 {
3678 if (b->thread != -1)
3679 {
3680 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3681 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3682 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3683 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3684 }
3685 else if (b->task != 0)
3686 {
3687 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
3688 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
3689 }
3690 }
3691
3692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3693
3694 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3695 {
3696 annotate_field (6);
3697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3698 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3699 the frame ID. */
3700 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3701 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3702 }
3703
3704 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3705 {
3706 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3707 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3708 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3709 annotate_field (7);
3710 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint)
3711 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
3712 else
3713 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3715 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3716 }
3717
3718 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3719 {
3720 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3721 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3722 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3723 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3724 }
3725
3726 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
3727 {
3728 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3729 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3730 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3731 else
3732 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3733 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3734 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3735 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3736 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3737 else
3738 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3739 }
3740
3741 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3742 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3743 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3744 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
3745 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3746
3747 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3748 {
3749 annotate_field (8);
3750 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3751 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3752 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3753 }
3754
3755 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3756 {
3757 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3758
3759 annotate_field (9);
3760 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3761 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3762 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3763 }
3764
3765 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
3766 {
3767 annotate_field (10);
3768 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
3769 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
3770 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3771 }
3772
3773 if (!part_of_multiple && b->step_count)
3774 {
3775 annotate_field (11);
3776 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstep count ");
3777 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "step", b->step_count);
3778 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3779 }
3780
3781 if (!part_of_multiple && b->actions)
3782 {
3783 struct action_line *action;
3784 annotate_field (12);
3785 for (action = b->actions; action; action = action->next)
3786 {
3787 ui_out_text (uiout, " A\t");
3788 ui_out_text (uiout, action->action);
3789 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3790 }
3791 }
3792
3793 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3794 {
3795 if (b->addr_string)
3796 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3797 else if (b->exp_string)
3798 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3799 }
3800
3801 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3802 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3803 }
3804
3805 static void
3806 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3807 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3808 {
3809 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3810
3811 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3812 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3813 locations, if any. */
3814 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3815 {
3816 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3817 disabled, we print it as if it had
3818 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3819 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3820 situation.
3821 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3822 several locations internally, that's no a property
3823 exposed to user. */
3824 if (b->loc
3825 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3826 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3827 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3828 {
3829 struct bp_location *loc;
3830 int n = 1;
3831 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3832 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3833 }
3834 }
3835 }
3836
3837
3838 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3839 {
3840 int bnum;
3841 };
3842
3843 static int
3844 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3845 {
3846 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3847 struct breakpoint *b;
3848 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3850 {
3851 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3852 {
3853 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3854 return GDB_RC_OK;
3855 }
3856 }
3857 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3858 }
3859
3860 enum gdb_rc
3861 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3862 {
3863 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3864 args.bnum = bnum;
3865 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3866 an error. */
3867 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3868 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3869 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3870 else
3871 return GDB_RC_OK;
3872 }
3873
3874 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3875 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3876
3877 static int
3878 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3879 {
3880 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3881 || b->type == bp_catchpoint
3882 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3883 || b->type == bp_tracepoint
3884 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3885 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3886 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3887 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3888 }
3889
3890 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3891 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3892 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3893
3894 static void
3895 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3896 {
3897 struct breakpoint *b;
3898 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3899 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3900 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3901 struct value_print_options opts;
3902
3903 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3904
3905 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3906 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3907 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3908 if (bnum == -1
3909 || bnum == b->number)
3910 {
3911 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3912 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3913 }
3914
3915 if (opts.addressprint)
3916 bkpttbl_chain
3917 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3918 "BreakpointTable");
3919 else
3920 bkpttbl_chain
3921 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3922 "BreakpointTable");
3923
3924 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3925 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3926 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3927 annotate_field (0);
3928 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3929 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3930 annotate_field (1);
3931 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3932 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3933 annotate_field (2);
3934 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3935 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3936 annotate_field (3);
3937 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3938 if (opts.addressprint)
3939 {
3940 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3941 annotate_field (4);
3942 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3943 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3944 else
3945 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3946 }
3947 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3948 annotate_field (5);
3949 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3950 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3951 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3952 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3953
3954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3955 if (bnum == -1
3956 || bnum == b->number)
3957 {
3958 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3959 allflag is set. */
3960 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3961 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3962 }
3963
3964 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3965
3966 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3967 {
3968 if (bnum == -1)
3969 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3970 else
3971 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3972 bnum);
3973 }
3974 else
3975 {
3976 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3977 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3978 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3979 set_next_address (current_gdbarch, last_addr);
3980 }
3981
3982 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3983 there have been breakpoints? */
3984 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3985 }
3986
3987 static void
3988 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3989 {
3990 int bnum = -1;
3991
3992 if (bnum_exp)
3993 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3994
3995 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3996 }
3997
3998 static void
3999 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4000 {
4001 int bnum = -1;
4002
4003 if (bnum_exp)
4004 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4005
4006 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
4007 }
4008
4009 static int
4010 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
4011 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
4012 {
4013 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
4014 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4015 {
4016 if (bl->address == pc
4017 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
4018 return 1;
4019 }
4020 return 0;
4021 }
4022
4023 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
4024
4025 static void
4026 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section,
4027 int thread)
4028 {
4029 int others = 0;
4030 struct breakpoint *b;
4031
4032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4033 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
4034 if (others > 0)
4035 {
4036 if (others == 1)
4037 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4038 else /* if (others == ???) */
4039 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4041 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
4042 {
4043 others--;
4044 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4045 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4046 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4047 else if (b->thread != -1)
4048 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4049 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4050 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4051 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4052 ? " (disabled)"
4053 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4054 ? " (permanent)"
4055 : ""),
4056 (others > 1) ? ","
4057 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4058 }
4059 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4060 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4061 printf_filtered (".\n");
4062 }
4063 }
4064 \f
4065 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4066 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4067
4068 void
4069 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4070 int line)
4071 {
4072 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4073 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4074 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4075 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4076 }
4077
4078 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4079 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4080 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4081 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4082
4083 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4084 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4085 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4086 breakpoint at address zero:
4087
4088 bp_watchpoint
4089 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4090 bp_read_watchpoint
4091 bp_access_watchpoint
4092 bp_catchpoint */
4093
4094 static int
4095 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4096 {
4097 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4098
4099 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4100 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4101 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4102 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4103 && type != bp_catchpoint);
4104 }
4105
4106 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4107 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4108 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4109 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4110 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4111
4112 static void
4113 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, struct obj_section *section)
4114 {
4115 struct bp_location *b;
4116 int count = 0;
4117 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4118
4119 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4120 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4121 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4122 && b->enabled
4123 && !b->shlib_disabled
4124 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4125 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4126 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4127 {
4128 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4129 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4130 {
4131 perm_bp = b;
4132 break;
4133 }
4134
4135 count++;
4136 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4137 }
4138
4139 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4140 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there (except
4141 other permanent breakpoints) to be the duplicates. */
4142 if (perm_bp)
4143 {
4144 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4145
4146 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4147 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4148 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4149 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4150 "actually inserted"));
4151
4152 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4153 if (b != perm_bp)
4154 {
4155 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent
4156 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4157 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4158 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4159 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4160 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4161 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4162 {
4163 if (b->inserted)
4164 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4165 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4166 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4167
4168 b->duplicate = 1;
4169 }
4170 }
4171 }
4172 }
4173
4174 static void
4175 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4176 {
4177 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4178
4179 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4180 return;
4181
4182 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4183 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4184 }
4185
4186 static void
4187 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4188 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4189 {
4190 char astr1[40];
4191 char astr2[40];
4192
4193 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4194 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4195 if (have_bnum)
4196 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4197 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4198 else
4199 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4200 }
4201
4202 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4203 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4204 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4205 this function is simply the identity function. */
4206
4207 static CORE_ADDR
4208 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4209 {
4210 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4211 {
4212 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4213 return bpaddr;
4214 }
4215 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4216 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4217 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4218 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4219 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
4220 {
4221 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4222 have their addresses modified. */
4223 return bpaddr;
4224 }
4225 else
4226 {
4227 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4228
4229 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4230 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4231 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4232 bpaddr);
4233
4234 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4235 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4236 is required. */
4237 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4238 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4239
4240 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4241 }
4242 }
4243
4244 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4245
4246 static struct bp_location *
4247 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4248 {
4249 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4250
4251 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4252 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4253
4254 loc->owner = bpt;
4255 loc->cond = NULL;
4256 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4257 loc->enabled = 1;
4258
4259 switch (bpt->type)
4260 {
4261 case bp_breakpoint:
4262 case bp_tracepoint:
4263 case bp_until:
4264 case bp_finish:
4265 case bp_longjmp:
4266 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4267 case bp_step_resume:
4268 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4269 case bp_call_dummy:
4270 case bp_shlib_event:
4271 case bp_thread_event:
4272 case bp_overlay_event:
4273 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4274 break;
4275 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4276 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4277 break;
4278 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4279 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4280 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4281 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4282 break;
4283 case bp_watchpoint:
4284 case bp_catchpoint:
4285 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4286 break;
4287 default:
4288 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4289 }
4290
4291 return loc;
4292 }
4293
4294 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4295 {
4296 if (loc->cond)
4297 xfree (loc->cond);
4298
4299 if (loc->function_name)
4300 xfree (loc->function_name);
4301
4302 xfree (loc);
4303 }
4304
4305 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4306 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4307
4308 static struct breakpoint *
4309 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4310 {
4311 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4312
4313 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4314 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4315
4316 b->type = bptype;
4317 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4318 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4319 b->thread = -1;
4320 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4321 b->next = 0;
4322 b->silent = 0;
4323 b->ignore_count = 0;
4324 b->commands = NULL;
4325 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4326 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4327 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4328 b->ops = NULL;
4329 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4330
4331 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4332 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4333 of increasing numbers. */
4334
4335 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4336 if (b1 == 0)
4337 breakpoint_chain = b;
4338 else
4339 {
4340 while (b1->next)
4341 b1 = b1->next;
4342 b1->next = b;
4343 }
4344 return b;
4345 }
4346
4347 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4348 static void
4349 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4350 {
4351 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4352 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
4353 || loc->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
4354 {
4355 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4356 NULL, NULL);
4357 if (loc->function_name)
4358 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4359 }
4360 }
4361
4362 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4363 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4364 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4365 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4366 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4367 is also returned as the value of this function.
4368
4369 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4370 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4371 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4372 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4373 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4374 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4375 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4376
4377 struct breakpoint *
4378 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4379 {
4380 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4381 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4382
4383 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4384 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4385 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4386 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4387 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4388 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4389 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, b->type);
4390
4391 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
4392 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4393 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4394
4395 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4396 b->source_file = NULL;
4397 else
4398 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
4399 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4400 b->line_number = sal.line;
4401
4402 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4403
4404 breakpoints_changed ();
4405
4406 return b;
4407 }
4408
4409
4410 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4411 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4412 void
4413 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4414 {
4415 struct bp_location *bl;
4416 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4417
4418 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4419 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4420 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4421 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4422 but it's easy to implmement. */
4423 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4424 bl->inserted = 1;
4425 }
4426
4427 static void
4428 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4429 {
4430 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4431
4432 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4433 return;
4434 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4435 update_global_location_list (1);
4436 }
4437
4438 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4439 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4440 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4441
4442 void
4443 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4444 {
4445 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4446 {
4447 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4448 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4449 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4450 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4451 }
4452 }
4453
4454 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4455 void
4456 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4457 {
4458 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4459
4460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4461 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4462 {
4463 if (b->thread == thread)
4464 delete_breakpoint (b);
4465 }
4466 }
4467
4468 void
4469 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4470 {
4471 struct breakpoint *b;
4472
4473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4474 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4475 {
4476 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4477 update_global_location_list (1);
4478 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4479 }
4480 }
4481
4482 void
4483 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4484 {
4485 struct breakpoint *b;
4486
4487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4488 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4489 {
4490 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4491 update_global_location_list (0);
4492 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4493 }
4494 }
4495
4496 struct breakpoint *
4497 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4498 {
4499 struct breakpoint *b;
4500
4501 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4502
4503 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4504 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4505 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4506
4507 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4508
4509 return b;
4510 }
4511
4512 void
4513 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4514 {
4515 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4516
4517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4518 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4519 delete_breakpoint (b);
4520 }
4521
4522 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4523 {
4524 char **arg_p;
4525 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4526 char ***addr_string_p;
4527 int *not_found_ptr;
4528 };
4529
4530 struct lang_and_radix
4531 {
4532 enum language lang;
4533 int radix;
4534 };
4535
4536
4537 void
4538 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4539 {
4540 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4541
4542 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4543 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4544 delete_breakpoint (b);
4545 }
4546
4547 struct breakpoint *
4548 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4549 {
4550 struct breakpoint *b;
4551
4552 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4553 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4554 return b;
4555 }
4556
4557 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4558 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4559
4560 void
4561 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4562 {
4563 struct bp_location *loc;
4564
4565 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4566 {
4567 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4568 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4569 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4570 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4571 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4572 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4573 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
4574 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4575 || (b->type == bp_tracepoint))
4576 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4577 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4578 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4579 #else
4580 && solib_name_from_address (loc->address)
4581 #endif
4582 )
4583 {
4584 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4585 }
4586 }
4587 }
4588
4589 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4590 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4591
4592 static void
4593 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4594 {
4595 struct bp_location *loc;
4596 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4597
4598 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
4599 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
4600 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
4601 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
4602 if (exec_bfd != NULL
4603 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
4604 return;
4605
4606 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4607 {
4608 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4609 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4610 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4611 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4612 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4613 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
4614 {
4615 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4616 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4617 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4618 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4619 loc->inserted = 0;
4620 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4621 {
4622 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4623 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4624 solib->so_name);
4625 }
4626 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4627 }
4628 }
4629 }
4630
4631 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
4632
4633 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4634
4635 static void
4636 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4637 {
4638 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4639 }
4640
4641 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4642
4643 static int
4644 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4645 {
4646 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4647 }
4648
4649 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4650 catchpoints. */
4651
4652 static int
4653 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4654 {
4655 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4656 }
4657
4658 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4659
4660 static enum print_stop_action
4661 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4662 {
4663 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4664 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
4665 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4666 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4667 }
4668
4669 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4670
4671 static void
4672 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4673 {
4674 struct value_print_options opts;
4675
4676 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4677
4678 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4679 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4680 is relatively readable). */
4681 if (opts.addressprint)
4682 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4683 annotate_field (5);
4684 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
4685 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4686 {
4687 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4688 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4689 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4690 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4691 }
4692 }
4693
4694 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4695 catchpoints. */
4696
4697 static void
4698 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4699 {
4700 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
4701 }
4702
4703 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
4704
4705 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
4706 {
4707 insert_catch_fork,
4708 remove_catch_fork,
4709 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
4710 print_it_catch_fork,
4711 print_one_catch_fork,
4712 print_mention_catch_fork
4713 };
4714
4715 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4716
4717 static void
4718 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4719 {
4720 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4721 }
4722
4723 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4724
4725 static int
4726 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4727 {
4728 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4729 }
4730
4731 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4732 catchpoints. */
4733
4734 static int
4735 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4736 {
4737 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4738 }
4739
4740 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4741
4742 static enum print_stop_action
4743 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4744 {
4745 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4746 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
4747 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4748 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4749 }
4750
4751 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4752
4753 static void
4754 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4755 {
4756 struct value_print_options opts;
4757
4758 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4759 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4760 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4761 is relatively readable). */
4762 if (opts.addressprint)
4763 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4764 annotate_field (5);
4765 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
4766 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4767 {
4768 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4769 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4770 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4771 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4772 }
4773 }
4774
4775 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4776 catchpoints. */
4777
4778 static void
4779 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4780 {
4781 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
4782 }
4783
4784 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
4785
4786 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
4787 {
4788 insert_catch_vfork,
4789 remove_catch_vfork,
4790 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
4791 print_it_catch_vfork,
4792 print_one_catch_vfork,
4793 print_mention_catch_vfork
4794 };
4795
4796 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
4797
4798 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
4799 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
4800 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
4801 to the catchpoint. */
4802
4803 static struct breakpoint *
4804 create_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4805 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4806 {
4807 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4808 struct breakpoint *b;
4809
4810 init_sal (&sal);
4811 sal.pc = 0;
4812 sal.symtab = NULL;
4813 sal.line = 0;
4814
4815 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catchpoint);
4816 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4817 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4818
4819 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
4820 b->thread = -1;
4821 b->addr_string = NULL;
4822 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4823 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4824 b->ops = ops;
4825
4826 mention (b);
4827 update_global_location_list (1);
4828
4829 return b;
4830 }
4831
4832 static void
4833 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4834 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4835 {
4836 struct breakpoint *b = create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ops);
4837
4838 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
4839 area. */
4840 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4841 }
4842
4843 /* Exec catchpoints. */
4844
4845 static void
4846 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4847 {
4848 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4849 }
4850
4851 static int
4852 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4853 {
4854 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4855 }
4856
4857 static int
4858 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4859 {
4860 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname);
4861 }
4862
4863 static enum print_stop_action
4864 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4865 {
4866 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4867 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
4868 b->exec_pathname);
4869 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4870 }
4871
4872 static void
4873 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4874 {
4875 struct value_print_options opts;
4876
4877 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4878
4879 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4880 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4881 is relatively readable). */
4882 if (opts.addressprint)
4883 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4884 annotate_field (5);
4885 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
4886 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
4887 {
4888 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
4889 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
4890 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
4891 }
4892 }
4893
4894 static void
4895 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4896 {
4897 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
4898 }
4899
4900 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
4901 {
4902 insert_catch_exec,
4903 remove_catch_exec,
4904 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
4905 print_it_catch_exec,
4906 print_one_catch_exec,
4907 print_mention_catch_exec
4908 };
4909
4910 static int
4911 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4912 {
4913 struct breakpoint *b;
4914 int i = 0;
4915
4916 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4917 {
4918 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4919 i++;
4920 }
4921
4922 return i;
4923 }
4924
4925 static int
4926 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4927 {
4928 struct breakpoint *b;
4929 int i = 0;
4930
4931 *other_type_used = 0;
4932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4933 {
4934 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4935 {
4936 if (b->type == type)
4937 i++;
4938 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4939 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4940 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4941 *other_type_used = 1;
4942 }
4943 }
4944 return i;
4945 }
4946
4947 void
4948 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4949 {
4950 struct breakpoint *b;
4951
4952 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4953 {
4954 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4955 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4956 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4957 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4958 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4959 {
4960 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4961 update_global_location_list (0);
4962 }
4963 }
4964 }
4965
4966 void
4967 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4968 {
4969 struct breakpoint *b;
4970
4971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4972 {
4973 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4974 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4975 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4976 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4977 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4978 {
4979 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4980 update_global_location_list (1);
4981 }
4982 }
4983 }
4984
4985
4986 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4987 at address specified by SAL.
4988 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4989
4990 struct breakpoint *
4991 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4992 enum bptype type)
4993 {
4994 struct breakpoint *b;
4995 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4996 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4997 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4998 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4999
5000 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5001 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5002 single thread of control. */
5003 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
5004 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
5005
5006 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5007
5008 return b;
5009 }
5010
5011 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5012 ORIG is NULL. */
5013
5014 struct breakpoint *
5015 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
5016 {
5017 struct breakpoint *copy;
5018
5019 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5020 if (orig == NULL)
5021 return NULL;
5022
5023 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->type);
5024 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
5025 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc);
5026
5027 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
5028 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
5029 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
5030
5031 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
5032 copy->source_file = NULL;
5033 else
5034 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
5035
5036 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
5037 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
5038 copy->thread = orig->thread;
5039
5040 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5041 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
5042 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
5043
5044 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5045 return copy;
5046 }
5047
5048 struct breakpoint *
5049 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
5050 {
5051 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5052
5053 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
5054 sal.pc = pc;
5055 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
5056 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
5057
5058 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
5059 }
5060 \f
5061
5062 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5063
5064 static void
5065 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
5066 {
5067 int say_where = 0;
5068 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
5069 struct value_print_options opts;
5070
5071 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5072
5073 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5074 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5075 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5076 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5077 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
5078
5079 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
5080 b->ops->print_mention (b);
5081 else
5082 switch (b->type)
5083 {
5084 case bp_none:
5085 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
5086 break;
5087 case bp_watchpoint:
5088 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
5089 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5090 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5091 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5092 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5093 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5094 break;
5095 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5096 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5097 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5098 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5099 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5100 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5101 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5102 break;
5103 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5104 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5105 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
5106 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5107 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5108 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5109 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5110 break;
5111 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5112 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5113 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
5114 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5115 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5116 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5117 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5118 break;
5119 case bp_breakpoint:
5120 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5121 {
5122 say_where = 0;
5123 break;
5124 }
5125 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
5126 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5127 else
5128 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5129 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5130 say_where = 1;
5131 break;
5132 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5133 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5134 {
5135 say_where = 0;
5136 break;
5137 }
5138 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5139 say_where = 1;
5140 break;
5141 case bp_tracepoint:
5142 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5143 {
5144 say_where = 0;
5145 break;
5146 }
5147 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
5148 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5149 say_where = 1;
5150 break;
5151
5152 case bp_until:
5153 case bp_finish:
5154 case bp_longjmp:
5155 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5156 case bp_step_resume:
5157 case bp_call_dummy:
5158 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5159 case bp_shlib_event:
5160 case bp_thread_event:
5161 case bp_overlay_event:
5162 break;
5163 }
5164
5165 if (say_where)
5166 {
5167 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5168 single string. */
5169 if (b->loc == NULL)
5170 {
5171 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5172 }
5173 else
5174 {
5175 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5176 {
5177 printf_filtered (" at ");
5178 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5179 }
5180 if (b->source_file)
5181 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5182 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5183
5184 if (b->loc->next)
5185 {
5186 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5187 int n = 0;
5188 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5189 ++n;
5190 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5191 }
5192
5193 }
5194 }
5195 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5196 return;
5197 printf_filtered ("\n");
5198 }
5199 \f
5200
5201 static struct bp_location *
5202 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5203 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5204 {
5205 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5206
5207 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5208 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5209 ;
5210 *tmp = loc;
5211 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5212 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address, b->type);
5213 loc->section = sal->section;
5214
5215 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5216 return loc;
5217 }
5218 \f
5219
5220 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
5221 return 0 otherwise. */
5222
5223 static int
5224 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
5225 {
5226 int len;
5227 CORE_ADDR addr;
5228 const gdb_byte *brk;
5229 gdb_byte *target_mem;
5230 struct cleanup *cleanup;
5231 int retval = 0;
5232
5233 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
5234
5235 addr = loc->address;
5236 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &addr, &len);
5237
5238 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
5239 if (brk == NULL)
5240 return 0;
5241
5242 target_mem = alloca (len);
5243
5244 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
5245 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
5246 breakpoints they are permanent. */
5247 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
5248
5249 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
5250 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
5251 retval = 1;
5252
5253 do_cleanups (cleanup);
5254
5255 return retval;
5256 }
5257
5258
5259
5260 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5261 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5262 as condition expression. */
5263
5264 static void
5265 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5266 char *cond_string,
5267 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5268 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5269 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled)
5270 {
5271 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5272 int i;
5273
5274 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5275 {
5276 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5277 int target_resources_ok =
5278 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5279 i + 1, 0);
5280 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5281 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5282 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5283 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5284 }
5285
5286 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5287 {
5288 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5289 struct bp_location *loc;
5290
5291 if (from_tty)
5292 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5293
5294 if (i == 0)
5295 {
5296 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5297 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5298 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5299 b->thread = thread;
5300 b->task = task;
5301
5302 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5303 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5304 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5305 b->disposition = disposition;
5306
5307 loc = b->loc;
5308 }
5309 else
5310 {
5311 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5312 }
5313
5314 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
5315 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
5316
5317 if (b->cond_string)
5318 {
5319 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5320 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5321 if (*arg)
5322 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5323 }
5324 }
5325
5326 if (addr_string)
5327 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5328 else
5329 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5330 me. */
5331 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5332
5333 b->ops = ops;
5334 mention (b);
5335 }
5336
5337 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5338 elements to fill the void space. */
5339 static void
5340 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5341 {
5342 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5343 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5344
5345 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5346 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5347
5348 --(sal->nelts);
5349 }
5350
5351 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5352 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5353 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5354 line and file information. If we got just a single
5355 expanded sal, return the original.
5356
5357 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5358 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5359 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5360 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5361 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5362 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5363
5364 */
5365 static struct symtabs_and_lines
5366 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5367 {
5368 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5369 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5370 char *original_function = NULL;
5371 int found;
5372 int i;
5373
5374 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5375 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5376 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5377 {
5378 expanded.nelts = 1;
5379 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5380 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5381 return expanded;
5382 }
5383
5384 sal.pc = 0;
5385 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5386
5387 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5388 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5389 {
5390 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5391 processing, just return the original sal. */
5392 xfree (expanded.sals);
5393 expanded.nelts = 1;
5394 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5395 sal.pc = original_pc;
5396 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5397 return expanded;
5398 }
5399
5400 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5401 {
5402 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5403 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5404 {
5405 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5406 char *this_function;
5407 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5408 &func_addr, &func_end))
5409 {
5410 if (this_function &&
5411 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5412 {
5413 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5414 --i;
5415 }
5416 else if (func_addr == pc)
5417 {
5418 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5419 skip prologue. */
5420 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5421 if (sym)
5422 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5423 else
5424 expanded.sals[i].pc
5425 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5426 }
5427 }
5428 }
5429 }
5430
5431
5432 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5433 {
5434 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5435 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5436 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5437 xfree (expanded.sals);
5438 expanded.nelts = 1;
5439 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5440 sal.pc = original_pc;
5441 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5442 return expanded;
5443 }
5444
5445 if (original_pc)
5446 {
5447 found = 0;
5448 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5449 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5450 {
5451 found = 1;
5452 break;
5453 }
5454 gdb_assert (found);
5455 }
5456
5457 return expanded;
5458 }
5459
5460 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5461 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5462 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5463 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5464 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5465 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5466 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5467 we take just a single condition string.
5468
5469 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5470 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5471 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5472 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5473 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5474
5475 static void
5476 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5477 char *cond_string,
5478 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5479 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5480 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
5481 int enabled)
5482 {
5483 int i;
5484 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5485 {
5486 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5487 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5488
5489 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5490 cond_string, type, disposition,
5491 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5492 }
5493 }
5494
5495 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5496 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5497 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5498 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5499
5500 static void
5501 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5502 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5503 char ***addr_string,
5504 int *not_found_ptr)
5505 {
5506 char *addr_start = *address;
5507 *addr_string = NULL;
5508 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5509 breakpoint. */
5510 if ((*address) == NULL
5511 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5512 {
5513 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5514 {
5515 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5516 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5517 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5518 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5519 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5520 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5521 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5522 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5523
5524 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
5525 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
5526 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
5527 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
5528 */
5529 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
5530
5531 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5532 sals->nelts = 1;
5533 }
5534 else
5535 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5536 }
5537 else
5538 {
5539 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5540 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5541 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5542 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5543 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5544 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5545
5546 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5547
5548 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5549 && (!cursal.symtab
5550 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5551 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5552 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5553 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5554 not_found_ptr);
5555 else
5556 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5557 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5558 }
5559 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5560 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5561 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5562 if (addr_start != (*address))
5563 {
5564 int i;
5565 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5566 {
5567 /* Add the string if not present. */
5568 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5569 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5570 }
5571 }
5572 }
5573
5574
5575 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5576 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5577
5578 static void
5579 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5580 char *address)
5581 {
5582 int i;
5583 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5584 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5585 }
5586
5587 static void
5588 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5589 {
5590 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5591
5592 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5593 args->not_found_ptr);
5594 }
5595
5596 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5597 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5598 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5599 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5600 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5601 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5602 static void
5603 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5604 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
5605 {
5606 *cond_string = NULL;
5607 *thread = -1;
5608 while (tok && *tok)
5609 {
5610 char *end_tok;
5611 int toklen;
5612 char *cond_start = NULL;
5613 char *cond_end = NULL;
5614 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5615 tok++;
5616
5617 end_tok = tok;
5618
5619 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5620 end_tok++;
5621
5622 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5623
5624 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5625 {
5626 struct expression *expr;
5627
5628 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5629 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5630 xfree (expr);
5631 cond_end = tok;
5632 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5633 cond_end - cond_start);
5634 }
5635 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5636 {
5637 char *tmptok;
5638
5639 tok = end_tok + 1;
5640 tmptok = tok;
5641 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5642 if (tok == tmptok)
5643 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5644 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5645 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5646 }
5647 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
5648 {
5649 char *tmptok;
5650
5651 tok = end_tok + 1;
5652 tmptok = tok;
5653 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5654 if (tok == tmptok)
5655 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
5656 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
5657 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task);
5658 }
5659 else
5660 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5661 }
5662 }
5663
5664 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5665 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5666 This function has two major modes of operations,
5667 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5668 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5669 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5670 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5671 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5672 parameters. */
5673
5674 static void
5675 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5676 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5677 int tempflag, int hardwareflag, int traceflag,
5678 int ignore_count,
5679 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5680 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5681 int from_tty,
5682 int enabled)
5683 {
5684 struct gdb_exception e;
5685 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5686 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5687 char *copy_arg;
5688 char *err_msg;
5689 char *addr_start = arg;
5690 char **addr_string;
5691 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5692 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5693 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5694 int i;
5695 int pending = 0;
5696 int not_found = 0;
5697 enum bptype type_wanted;
5698 int task = 0;
5699
5700 sals.sals = NULL;
5701 sals.nelts = 0;
5702 addr_string = NULL;
5703
5704 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5705 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5706 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5707 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5708
5709 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5710 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5711
5712 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5713 switch (e.reason)
5714 {
5715 case RETURN_QUIT:
5716 throw_exception (e);
5717 case RETURN_ERROR:
5718 switch (e.error)
5719 {
5720 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5721
5722 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5723 error. */
5724
5725 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5726 throw_exception (e);
5727
5728 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5729
5730 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5731 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5732 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5733 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5734 return;
5735
5736 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5737 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5738 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5739 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5740 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5741 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5742 sals.nelts = 1;
5743 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5744 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5745 pending = 1;
5746 break;
5747 default:
5748 throw_exception (e);
5749 }
5750 default:
5751 if (!sals.nelts)
5752 return;
5753 }
5754
5755 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5756 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5757
5758 if (!pending)
5759 {
5760 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5761 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5762
5763 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5764 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5765 }
5766
5767 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5768 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5769 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5770 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5771 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5772
5773 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5774 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5775 fails. */
5776 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5777 {
5778 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5779 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5780 }
5781
5782 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5783 are ok for the target. */
5784 if (!pending)
5785 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5786
5787 type_wanted = (traceflag
5788 ? bp_tracepoint
5789 : (hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint));
5790
5791 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5792 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5793 breakpoint. */
5794 if (!pending)
5795 {
5796 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5797 {
5798 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5799 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5800 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5801 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5802 cond_string = NULL;
5803 thread = -1;
5804 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
5805 &thread, &task);
5806 if (cond_string)
5807 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5808 }
5809 else
5810 {
5811 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5812 if (cond_string)
5813 {
5814 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5815 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5816 }
5817 }
5818 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string, type_wanted,
5819 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5820 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5821 }
5822 else
5823 {
5824 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5825 struct breakpoint *b;
5826
5827 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5828
5829 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (type_wanted);
5830 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5831 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5832 b->thread = -1;
5833 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5834 b->cond_string = NULL;
5835 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5836 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5837 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5838 b->ops = ops;
5839 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5840
5841 mention (b);
5842 }
5843
5844 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5845 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5846 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5847 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5848 breakpoint. */
5849 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5850 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5851 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5852
5853 /* error call may happen here - have BREAKPOINT_CHAIN already discarded. */
5854 update_global_location_list (1);
5855 }
5856
5857 /* Set a breakpoint.
5858 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5859 condition, and thread.
5860 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5861 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5862 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5863
5864 static void
5865 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5866 {
5867 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5868 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5869
5870 break_command_really (arg,
5871 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5872 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5873 0 /* Ignore count */,
5874 pending_break_support,
5875 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5876 from_tty,
5877 1 /* enabled */);
5878 }
5879
5880
5881 void
5882 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5883 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5884 int thread, int ignore_count,
5885 int pending, int enabled)
5886 {
5887 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5888 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5889 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5890 ignore_count,
5891 pending
5892 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5893 NULL, 0, enabled);
5894 }
5895
5896 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5897 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5898 the debugging information.
5899
5900 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5901
5902 static void
5903 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5904 {
5905 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5906 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5907
5908 if (sym == NULL)
5909 return;
5910
5911 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5912 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5913 *sal = start_sal;
5914 }
5915
5916 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5917
5918 void
5919 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5920 {
5921 CORE_ADDR pc;
5922
5923 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5924 {
5925 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5926 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5927 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5928 sal->pc = pc;
5929
5930 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5931 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5932 if (sal->explicit_line)
5933 {
5934 /* Preserve the original line number. */
5935 int saved_line = sal->line;
5936 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5937 sal->line = saved_line;
5938 }
5939 }
5940
5941 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5942 {
5943 struct blockvector *bv;
5944 struct block *b;
5945 struct symbol *sym;
5946
5947 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5948 if (bv != NULL)
5949 {
5950 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
5951 if (sym != NULL)
5952 {
5953 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5954 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
5955 }
5956 else
5957 {
5958 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5959 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5960 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5961 source). */
5962
5963 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5964
5965 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5966 if (msym)
5967 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
5968 }
5969 }
5970 }
5971 }
5972
5973 void
5974 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5975 {
5976 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5977 }
5978
5979 void
5980 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5981 {
5982 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5983 }
5984
5985 static void
5986 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5987 {
5988 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5989 }
5990
5991 static void
5992 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5993 {
5994 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5995 }
5996
5997 static void
5998 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5999 {
6000 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
6001 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
6002 stop at <line>\n"));
6003 }
6004
6005 static void
6006 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6007 {
6008 int badInput = 0;
6009
6010 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
6011 badInput = 1;
6012 else if (*arg != '*')
6013 {
6014 char *argptr = arg;
6015 int hasColon = 0;
6016
6017 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
6018 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
6019 function/method name */
6020 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
6021 {
6022 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
6023 argptr++;
6024 }
6025
6026 if (hasColon)
6027 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
6028 else
6029 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
6030 }
6031
6032 if (badInput)
6033 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
6034 else
6035 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6036 }
6037
6038 static void
6039 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6040 {
6041 int badInput = 0;
6042
6043 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
6044 badInput = 1;
6045 else
6046 {
6047 char *argptr = arg;
6048 int hasColon = 0;
6049
6050 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
6051 it is probably a line number. */
6052 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
6053 {
6054 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
6055 argptr++;
6056 }
6057
6058 if (hasColon)
6059 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
6060 else
6061 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
6062 }
6063
6064 if (badInput)
6065 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
6066 else
6067 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6068 }
6069
6070 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
6071 hw_read: watch read,
6072 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
6073 static void
6074 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
6075 {
6076 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
6077 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6078 struct expression *exp;
6079 struct block *exp_valid_block;
6080 struct value *val, *mark;
6081 struct frame_info *frame;
6082 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
6083 char *exp_start = NULL;
6084 char *exp_end = NULL;
6085 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
6086 int toklen;
6087 char *cond_start = NULL;
6088 char *cond_end = NULL;
6089 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6090 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
6091 enum bptype bp_type;
6092 int mem_cnt = 0;
6093 int thread = -1;
6094
6095 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6096
6097 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
6098 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
6099 {
6100 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
6101
6102 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
6103 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
6104
6105 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
6106 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
6107 be the thread identifier. */
6108 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6109 tok--;
6110 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6111 tok--;
6112
6113 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
6114 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
6115
6116 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
6117 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
6118 reach a "thread" token. */
6119 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6120 tok--;
6121
6122 end_tok = tok;
6123
6124 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6125 tok--;
6126
6127 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
6128 calculate the length of the token. */
6129 tok++;
6130 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6131
6132 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
6133 {
6134 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
6135 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
6136 only in a specific thread. */
6137 char *endp;
6138
6139 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
6140 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
6141
6142 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
6143 thread ID. */
6144 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
6145 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
6146
6147 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
6148 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
6149 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
6150
6151 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
6152 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
6153 evaluate_expression() function. */
6154 *tok = '\0';
6155 }
6156 }
6157
6158 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
6159 innermost_block = NULL;
6160 exp_start = arg;
6161 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
6162 exp_end = arg;
6163 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
6164 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
6165 prettier. */
6166 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
6167 --exp_end;
6168
6169 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
6170 mark = value_mark ();
6171 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
6172 if (val != NULL)
6173 release_value (val);
6174
6175 tok = arg;
6176 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
6177 tok++;
6178 end_tok = tok;
6179
6180 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
6181 end_tok++;
6182
6183 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6184 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
6185 {
6186 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
6187 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
6188 cond_end = tok;
6189 }
6190 if (*tok)
6191 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
6192
6193 if (accessflag == hw_read)
6194 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
6195 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
6196 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
6197 else
6198 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
6199
6200 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
6201 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6202 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
6203 if (mem_cnt != 0)
6204 {
6205 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
6206 target_resources_ok =
6207 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
6208 other_type_used);
6209 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6210 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
6211
6212 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6213 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
6214 }
6215
6216 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
6217 watchpoint could not be set. */
6218 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
6219 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
6220
6221 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
6222 if (frame)
6223 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6224 else
6225 prev_frame = NULL;
6226
6227 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
6228 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
6229 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
6230 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
6231 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
6232 {
6233 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
6234 bp_watchpoint_scope);
6235
6236 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6237
6238 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
6239 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
6240
6241 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
6242 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
6243
6244 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
6245 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
6246 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6247 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
6248 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
6249 scope_breakpoint->type);
6250 }
6251
6252 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6253 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6254 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6255 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6256 b->thread = thread;
6257 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6258 b->exp = exp;
6259 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6260 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6261 b->val = val;
6262 b->val_valid = 1;
6263 b->loc->cond = cond;
6264 if (cond_start)
6265 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6266 else
6267 b->cond_string = 0;
6268
6269 if (frame)
6270 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6271 else
6272 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6273
6274 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6275 {
6276 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6277 need to act on them together. */
6278 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6279 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6280 }
6281
6282 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6283 mention (b);
6284 update_global_location_list (1);
6285 }
6286
6287 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6288 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6289 in hardware return zero. */
6290
6291 static int
6292 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6293 {
6294 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6295 struct value *head = v;
6296
6297 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6298 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6299 return 0;
6300
6301 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6302 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6303 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6304 hardware watchpoint.
6305
6306 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6307 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6308 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6309 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6310 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6311 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6312 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6313 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6314 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6315
6316 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6317 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6318 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6319 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6320 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6321 {
6322 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6323 {
6324 if (value_lazy (v))
6325 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6326 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6327 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6328 ;
6329 else
6330 {
6331 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6332 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6333 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6334
6335 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6336 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6337 middle of some value chain. */
6338 if (v == head
6339 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6340 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6341 {
6342 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6343 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6344
6345 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len))
6346 return 0;
6347 else
6348 found_memory_cnt++;
6349 }
6350 }
6351 }
6352 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6353 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6354 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6355 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6356 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6357 }
6358
6359 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6360 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6361 return found_memory_cnt;
6362 }
6363
6364 void
6365 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6366 {
6367 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6368 }
6369
6370 static void
6371 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6372 {
6373 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6374 }
6375
6376 void
6377 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6378 {
6379 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6380 }
6381
6382 static void
6383 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6384 {
6385 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6386 }
6387
6388 void
6389 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6390 {
6391 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6392 }
6393
6394 static void
6395 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6396 {
6397 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6398 }
6399 \f
6400
6401 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6402 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6403
6404 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
6405 {
6406 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6407 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
6408 };
6409
6410 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6411 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6412 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6413 command. */
6414 static void
6415 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
6416 {
6417 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
6418
6419 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
6420 if (a->breakpoint2)
6421 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
6422 }
6423
6424 void
6425 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6426 {
6427 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6428 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6429 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6430 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6431 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6432 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6433 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6434
6435 clear_proceed_status ();
6436
6437 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6438 this function */
6439
6440 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6441 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6442 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6443 else
6444 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6445 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6446
6447 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6448 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6449
6450 sal = sals.sals[0];
6451 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6452
6453 if (*arg)
6454 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6455
6456 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6457
6458 if (anywhere)
6459 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6460 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6461 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6462 else
6463 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6464 at the very same frame. */
6465 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6466 bp_until);
6467
6468 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6469
6470 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6471 one. */
6472 if (prev_frame)
6473 {
6474 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6475 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6476 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6477 bp_until);
6478 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6479 }
6480
6481 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6482
6483 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6484 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6485 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6486 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6487
6488 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
6489 {
6490 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
6491 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
6492
6493 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
6494 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
6495
6496 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6497 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
6498 until_break_command_continuation, args,
6499 xfree);
6500 }
6501 else
6502 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6503 }
6504
6505 static void
6506 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6507 {
6508 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6509 return;
6510 while (isspace (**s))
6511 *s += 1;
6512 }
6513
6514 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6515 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6516
6517 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6518 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6519 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6520 if clause in the arg string. */
6521
6522 static char *
6523 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6524 {
6525 char *cond_string;
6526
6527 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6528 return NULL;
6529
6530 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6531 (*arg) += 2;
6532
6533 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6534 condition string. */
6535 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6536 cond_string = *arg;
6537
6538 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6539 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6540
6541 return cond_string;
6542 }
6543
6544 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6545 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6546
6547 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6548 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6549 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6550 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6551
6552 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6553 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6554 static char *
6555 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6556 {
6557 static char filename[1024];
6558 char *arg_p = *arg;
6559 int i;
6560 char c;
6561
6562 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6563 return NULL;
6564
6565 for (i = 0;; i++)
6566 {
6567 c = *arg_p;
6568 if (isspace (c))
6569 c = '\0';
6570 filename[i] = c;
6571 if (c == '\0')
6572 break;
6573 arg_p++;
6574 }
6575 *arg = arg_p;
6576
6577 return filename;
6578 }
6579
6580 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6581 process start/exit, etc. */
6582
6583 typedef enum
6584 {
6585 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
6586 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
6587 }
6588 catch_fork_kind;
6589
6590 static void
6591 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6592 {
6593 char *cond_string = NULL;
6594 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
6595 int tempflag;
6596
6597 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
6598 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
6599 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
6600
6601 if (!arg)
6602 arg = "";
6603 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6604
6605 /* The allowed syntax is:
6606 catch [v]fork
6607 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6608
6609 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6610 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6611
6612 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6613 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6614
6615 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6616 and enable reporting of such events. */
6617 switch (fork_kind)
6618 {
6619 case catch_fork_temporary:
6620 case catch_fork_permanent:
6621 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6622 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
6623 break;
6624 case catch_vfork_temporary:
6625 case catch_vfork_permanent:
6626 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6627 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
6628 break;
6629 default:
6630 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6631 break;
6632 }
6633 }
6634
6635 static void
6636 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6637 {
6638 int tempflag;
6639 char *cond_string = NULL;
6640
6641 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6642
6643 if (!arg)
6644 arg = "";
6645 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6646
6647 /* The allowed syntax is:
6648 catch exec
6649 catch exec if <cond>
6650
6651 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6652 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6653
6654 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6655 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6656
6657 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6658 and enable reporting of such events. */
6659 create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
6660 }
6661
6662 static enum print_stop_action
6663 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6664 {
6665 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6666
6667 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6668
6669 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6670 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6671 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6672 b->loc->address,
6673 b->number, 1);
6674 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
6675 ui_out_text (uiout,
6676 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6677 : "Catchpoint ");
6678 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6679 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6680 ui_out_text (uiout,
6681 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6682 : " (exception caught), ");
6683 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6684 {
6685 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6686 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6687 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6688 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6689 }
6690 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6691 }
6692
6693 static void
6694 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6695 {
6696 struct value_print_options opts;
6697 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6698 if (opts.addressprint)
6699 {
6700 annotate_field (4);
6701 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6703 else
6704 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6705 }
6706 annotate_field (5);
6707 if (b->loc)
6708 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6709 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6711 else
6712 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6713 }
6714
6715 static void
6716 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6717 {
6718 int bp_temp;
6719 int bp_throw;
6720
6721 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
6722 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6723 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6724 : _("Catchpoint "));
6725 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6726 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6727 : _(" (catch)"));
6728 }
6729
6730 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6731 NULL, /* insert */
6732 NULL, /* remove */
6733 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
6734 print_exception_catchpoint,
6735 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6736 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6737 };
6738
6739 static int
6740 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6741 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6742 {
6743 char *trigger_func_name;
6744
6745 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6746 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6747 else
6748 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6749
6750 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6751 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6752 tempflag, 0, 0,
6753 0,
6754 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6755 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
6756 1 /* enabled */);
6757
6758 return 1;
6759 }
6760
6761 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6762
6763 static void
6764 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6765 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6766 {
6767 char *cond_string = NULL;
6768 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6769
6770 if (!arg)
6771 arg = "";
6772 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6773
6774 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6775
6776 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6777 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6778
6779 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6780 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6781 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6782
6783 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6784 return;
6785
6786 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6787 }
6788
6789 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
6790
6791 static void
6792 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6793 {
6794 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6795 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6796 }
6797
6798 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
6799
6800 static void
6801 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6802 {
6803 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6804 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6805 }
6806
6807 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6808
6809 static void
6810 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6811 char *addr_string,
6812 char *exp_string,
6813 char *cond_string,
6814 struct expression *cond,
6815 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6816 int tempflag,
6817 int from_tty)
6818 {
6819 struct breakpoint *b;
6820
6821 if (from_tty)
6822 {
6823 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6824 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6825 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6826 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6827 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6828 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6829 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6830 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6831 enough for now, though. */
6832 }
6833
6834 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6835 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6836
6837 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6838 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6839 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6840 b->ignore_count = 0;
6841 b->loc->cond = cond;
6842 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6843 b->language = language_ada;
6844 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6845 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6846 b->thread = -1;
6847 b->ops = ops;
6848
6849 mention (b);
6850 update_global_location_list (1);
6851 }
6852
6853 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6854
6855 static void
6856 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
6857 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6858 {
6859 int tempflag;
6860 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6861 enum bptype type;
6862 char *addr_string = NULL;
6863 char *exp_string = NULL;
6864 char *cond_string = NULL;
6865 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6866 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6867
6868 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6869
6870 if (!arg)
6871 arg = "";
6872 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6873 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6874 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6875 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6876 from_tty);
6877 }
6878
6879 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6880
6881 static void
6882 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6883 {
6884 int tempflag;
6885 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6886 char *addr_string = NULL;
6887 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6888
6889 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6890
6891 if (!arg)
6892 arg = "";
6893 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6894 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6895 tempflag, from_tty);
6896 }
6897
6898 static void
6899 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6900 {
6901 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6902 }
6903 \f
6904
6905 static void
6906 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6907 {
6908 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6909 }
6910
6911 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6912
6913 static void
6914 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6915 {
6916 struct breakpoint *b;
6917 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6918 int ix;
6919 int default_match;
6920 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6921 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6922 int i;
6923
6924 if (arg)
6925 {
6926 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6927 default_match = 0;
6928 }
6929 else
6930 {
6931 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6932 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6933 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6934 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6935 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6936 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6937 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6938 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6939 error (_("No source file specified."));
6940
6941 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6942 sals.nelts = 1;
6943
6944 default_match = 1;
6945 }
6946
6947 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6948 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6949 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6950 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6951 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6952
6953 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6954 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6955 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6956 due to optimization, all in one block.
6957 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6958 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6959 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6960 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6961 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6962 to support that. */
6963
6964 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6965 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6966 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6967 one breakpoint. */
6968
6969 found = NULL;
6970 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6971 {
6972 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6973 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6974 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6975 or at default pc.
6976
6977 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6978
6979 0 1 pc
6980 1 1 pc _and_ line
6981 0 0 line
6982 1 0 <can't happen> */
6983
6984 sal = sals.sals[i];
6985
6986 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6987 'found'. */
6988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6989 {
6990 int match = 0;
6991 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6992 if (b->type != bp_none
6993 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6994 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6995 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6996 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6997 {
6998 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6999 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7000 {
7001 int pc_match = sal.pc
7002 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
7003 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
7004 || loc->section == sal.section);
7005 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
7006 && b->source_file != NULL
7007 && sal.symtab != NULL
7008 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
7009 && b->line_number == sal.line);
7010 if (pc_match || line_match)
7011 {
7012 match = 1;
7013 break;
7014 }
7015 }
7016 }
7017
7018 if (match)
7019 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
7020 }
7021 }
7022 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
7023 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
7024 {
7025 if (arg)
7026 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
7027 else
7028 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
7029 }
7030
7031 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
7032 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
7033 if (from_tty)
7034 {
7035 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
7036 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
7037 else
7038 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
7039 }
7040 breakpoints_changed ();
7041
7042 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
7043 {
7044 if (from_tty)
7045 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
7046 delete_breakpoint (b);
7047 }
7048 if (from_tty)
7049 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
7050 }
7051 \f
7052 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
7053 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
7054 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
7055
7056 void
7057 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
7058 {
7059 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7060
7061 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
7062 if (bs->breakpoint_at
7063 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
7064 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
7065 && bs->stop)
7066 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
7067
7068 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7069 {
7070 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
7071 delete_breakpoint (b);
7072 }
7073 }
7074
7075 /* A cleanup function which destroys a vector. */
7076
7077 static void
7078 do_vec_free (void *p)
7079 {
7080 VEC(bp_location_p) **vec = p;
7081 if (*vec)
7082 VEC_free (bp_location_p, *vec);
7083 }
7084
7085 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
7086 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
7087 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
7088 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
7089 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
7090 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
7091 returns true on them.
7092
7093 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
7094 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
7095 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
7096 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
7097 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
7098 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
7099
7100 static void
7101 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7102 {
7103 struct breakpoint *b;
7104 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7105 struct bp_location *loc;
7106 struct bp_location *loc2;
7107 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7108 int ret;
7109 int ix;
7110 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7111
7112 cleanups = make_cleanup (do_vec_free, &old_locations);
7113 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7114 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7115 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7116
7117 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7118 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7119 {
7120 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7121 {
7122 *next = loc;
7123 next = &(loc->global_next);
7124 *next = NULL;
7125 }
7126 }
7127
7128 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7129 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7130 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7131 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7132 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7133 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7134 {
7135 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7136 have to free it. */
7137 int found_object = 0;
7138 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7139 int keep_in_target = 0;
7140 int removed = 0;
7141 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7142 if (loc2 == loc)
7143 {
7144 found_object = 1;
7145 break;
7146 }
7147
7148 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7149 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7150 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7151 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7152 inserted. */
7153
7154 if (loc->inserted)
7155 {
7156 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7157
7158 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7159 {
7160 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7161 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7162 keep_in_target = 1;
7163 }
7164 else
7165 {
7166 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7167 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7168 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7169 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7170 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7171 {
7172 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7173 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7174 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7175 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7176 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7177 {
7178 loc2->inserted = 1;
7179 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7180 keep_in_target = 1;
7181 break;
7182 }
7183 }
7184 }
7185
7186 if (!keep_in_target)
7187 {
7188 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7189 {
7190 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7191 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7192 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7193 succeed next time.
7194
7195 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7196 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7197 after calling us. */
7198 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7199 loc->owner->number);
7200 }
7201 removed = 1;
7202 }
7203 }
7204
7205 if (!found_object)
7206 {
7207 if (removed && non_stop)
7208 {
7209 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7210 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7211 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7212 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7213 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7214 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7215 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7216 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7217 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7218 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7219 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7220 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7221 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7222 loc->owner = NULL;
7223
7224 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, loc);
7225 }
7226 else
7227 free_bp_location (loc);
7228 }
7229 }
7230
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7232 {
7233 check_duplicates (b);
7234 }
7235
7236 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
7237 && (target_has_execution
7238 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
7239 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7240
7241 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7242 }
7243
7244 void
7245 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7246 {
7247 struct bp_location *loc;
7248 int ix;
7249
7250 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7251 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7252 {
7253 free_bp_location (loc);
7254 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7255 --ix;
7256 }
7257 }
7258
7259 static void
7260 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7261 {
7262 struct gdb_exception e;
7263 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7264 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7265 }
7266
7267 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
7268 static void
7269 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
7270 {
7271 bpstat bs;
7272 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
7273 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7274 {
7275 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7276 bs->old_val = NULL;
7277 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7278 }
7279 }
7280
7281 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
7282 static int
7283 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
7284 {
7285 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
7286 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th->stop_bpstat, bpt);
7287 return 0;
7288 }
7289
7290 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7291 structures. */
7292
7293 void
7294 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7295 {
7296 struct breakpoint *b;
7297 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7298
7299 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7300
7301 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7302 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7303
7304 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7305 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7306 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7307 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7308 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7309
7310 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7311 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7312 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7313 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7314 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7315 return;
7316
7317 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
7318
7319 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7320 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7321
7322 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7323 if (b->next == bpt)
7324 {
7325 b->next = bpt->next;
7326 break;
7327 }
7328
7329 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7330 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7331 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7332 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7333 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7334 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7335 xfree (bpt->exp);
7336 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7337 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7338 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7339 value_free (bpt->val);
7340 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7341 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7342 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7343 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7344
7345 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7346 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7347 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7348 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7349 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7350 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7351 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7352 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7353 with commands won't work. */
7354
7355 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
7356
7357 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7358 list, update the global location list. This
7359 will remove locations that used to belong to
7360 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7361 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7362 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7363 design to have location completely self-contained,
7364 but it's not the case now. */
7365 update_global_location_list (0);
7366
7367
7368 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7369 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7370 bpt->type = bp_none;
7371
7372 xfree (bpt);
7373 }
7374
7375 static void
7376 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7377 {
7378 delete_breakpoint (b);
7379 }
7380
7381 struct cleanup *
7382 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7383 {
7384 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7385 }
7386
7387 void
7388 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7389 {
7390 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7391
7392 dont_repeat ();
7393
7394 if (arg == 0)
7395 {
7396 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7397
7398 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7399 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7400 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7402 {
7403 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7404 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7405 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7406 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7407 b->number >= 0)
7408 {
7409 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7410 break;
7411 }
7412 }
7413
7414 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7415 if (!from_tty
7416 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7417 {
7418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7419 {
7420 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7421 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7422 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7423 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7424 b->number >= 0)
7425 delete_breakpoint (b);
7426 }
7427 }
7428 }
7429 else
7430 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7431 }
7432
7433 static int
7434 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7435 {
7436 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7437 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7438 return 0;
7439 return 1;
7440 }
7441
7442 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7443 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7444 Null names are ignored. */
7445
7446 static int
7447 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7448 {
7449 struct bp_location *l;
7450 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7451 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7452 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7453
7454 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7455 {
7456 const char **slot;
7457 const char *name = l->function_name;
7458
7459 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7460 if (name == NULL)
7461 continue;
7462
7463 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7464 INSERT);
7465 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7466 NULL. */
7467 if (*slot != NULL)
7468 {
7469 htab_delete (htab);
7470 return 1;
7471 }
7472 *slot = name;
7473 }
7474
7475 htab_delete (htab);
7476 return 0;
7477 }
7478
7479 static void
7480 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7481 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7482 {
7483 int i;
7484 char *s;
7485 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7486
7487 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7488 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7489 the common case where all locations are in the same
7490 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7491 retain the location, so that when the library
7492 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7493 status of the individual locations. */
7494 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7495 return;
7496
7497 b->loc = NULL;
7498
7499 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7500 {
7501 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7502 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
7503
7504 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7505 old symtab. */
7506 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7507 {
7508 struct gdb_exception e;
7509
7510 s = b->cond_string;
7511 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7512 {
7513 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7514 0);
7515 }
7516 if (e.reason < 0)
7517 {
7518 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7519 b->number, e.message);
7520 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7521 }
7522 }
7523
7524 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7525 xfree (b->source_file);
7526 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7527 b->source_file = NULL;
7528 else
7529 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
7530
7531 if (b->line_number == 0)
7532 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7533 }
7534
7535 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
7536 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7537 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7538
7539 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7540 {
7541 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7542 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7543 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7544 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7545 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7546 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7547 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7548
7549 for (; e; e = e->next)
7550 {
7551 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7552 {
7553 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7554 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7555 {
7556 for (; l; l = l->next)
7557 if (e->address == l->address)
7558 {
7559 l->enabled = 0;
7560 break;
7561 }
7562 }
7563 else
7564 {
7565 for (; l; l = l->next)
7566 if (l->function_name
7567 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7568 {
7569 l->enabled = 0;
7570 break;
7571 }
7572 }
7573 }
7574 }
7575 }
7576
7577 update_global_location_list (1);
7578 }
7579
7580
7581 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7582 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7583 Unused in this case. */
7584
7585 static int
7586 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7587 {
7588 /* get past catch_errs */
7589 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7590 struct value *mark;
7591 int i;
7592 int not_found = 0;
7593 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7594 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7595 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7596 char *s;
7597 enum enable_state save_enable;
7598 struct gdb_exception e;
7599 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7600
7601 switch (b->type)
7602 {
7603 case bp_none:
7604 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7605 b->number);
7606 return 0;
7607 case bp_breakpoint:
7608 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7609 case bp_tracepoint:
7610 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7611 {
7612 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7613 delete_breakpoint (b);
7614 return 0;
7615 }
7616
7617 set_language (b->language);
7618 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7619 s = b->addr_string;
7620 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7621 {
7622 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7623 not_found_ptr);
7624 }
7625 if (e.reason < 0)
7626 {
7627 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7628 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7629 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7630 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7631 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7632 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7633 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7634 if (not_found
7635 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7636 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7637 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7638 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7639
7640 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7641 {
7642 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7643 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7644 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7645 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7646 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7647 which approach is better. */
7648 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7649 throw_exception (e);
7650 }
7651 }
7652
7653 if (not_found)
7654 break;
7655
7656 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7657 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7658 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7659 {
7660 char *cond_string = 0;
7661 int thread = -1;
7662 int task = 0;
7663
7664 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7665 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
7666 if (cond_string)
7667 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7668 b->thread = thread;
7669 b->task = task;
7670 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7671 }
7672 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7673 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7674 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7675 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7676 break;
7677
7678 case bp_watchpoint:
7679 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7680 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7681 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7682 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7683 or it can be on local variables.
7684
7685 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7686 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7687 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7688 and unloaded.
7689
7690 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7691 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7692 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7693 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7694 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7695 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7696
7697 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7698 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7699 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7700 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7701
7702 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7703 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7704
7705 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7706 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7707 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7708 break;
7709 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7710 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7711 loaded. */
7712 case bp_catchpoint:
7713 break;
7714
7715 default:
7716 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7717 /* fall through */
7718 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7719 breakpoint_re_set. */
7720 case bp_overlay_event:
7721 delete_breakpoint (b);
7722 break;
7723
7724 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7725 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7726 case bp_shlib_event:
7727
7728 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7729 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7730 case bp_thread_event:
7731
7732 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7733 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7734 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7735 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7736 case bp_until:
7737 case bp_finish:
7738 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7739 case bp_call_dummy:
7740 case bp_step_resume:
7741 case bp_longjmp:
7742 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7743 break;
7744 }
7745
7746 return 0;
7747 }
7748
7749 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded.
7750
7751 If OBJFILE is non-null, create overlay break point only in OBJFILE
7752 (speed optimization). Otherwise rescan all loaded objfiles. */
7753
7754 void
7755 breakpoint_re_set_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7756 {
7757 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7758 enum language save_language;
7759 int save_input_radix;
7760
7761 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7762 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7763 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7764 {
7765 /* Format possible error msg */
7766 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7767 b->number);
7768 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7769 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7770 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7771 }
7772 set_language (save_language);
7773 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7774
7775 if (objfile == NULL)
7776 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
7777 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event", objfile);
7778 else
7779 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event", objfile);
7780 }
7781
7782 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7783
7784 void
7785 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7786 {
7787 breakpoint_re_set_objfile (NULL);
7788 }
7789 \f
7790 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7791
7792 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7793 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7794 void
7795 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7796 {
7797 if (b->thread != -1)
7798 {
7799 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7800 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7801 }
7802 }
7803
7804 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7805 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7806 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7807
7808 void
7809 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7810 {
7811 struct breakpoint *b;
7812
7813 if (count < 0)
7814 count = 0;
7815
7816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7817 if (b->number == bptnum)
7818 {
7819 b->ignore_count = count;
7820 if (from_tty)
7821 {
7822 if (count == 0)
7823 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7824 bptnum);
7825 else if (count == 1)
7826 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7827 bptnum);
7828 else
7829 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7830 count, bptnum);
7831 }
7832 breakpoints_changed ();
7833 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
7834 return;
7835 }
7836
7837 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7838 }
7839
7840 void
7841 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b)
7842 {
7843 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
7844 b->silent = 1;
7845 }
7846
7847 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7848
7849 static void
7850 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7851 {
7852 char *p = args;
7853 int num;
7854
7855 if (p == 0)
7856 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7857
7858 num = get_number (&p);
7859 if (num == 0)
7860 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7861 if (*p == 0)
7862 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7863
7864 set_ignore_count (num,
7865 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7866 from_tty);
7867 if (from_tty)
7868 printf_filtered ("\n");
7869 }
7870 \f
7871 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7872 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7873
7874 static void
7875 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7876 {
7877 char *p = args;
7878 char *p1;
7879 int num;
7880 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7881 int match;
7882
7883 if (p == 0)
7884 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7885
7886 while (*p)
7887 {
7888 match = 0;
7889 p1 = p;
7890
7891 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7892 if (num == 0)
7893 {
7894 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7895 }
7896 else
7897 {
7898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7899 if (b->number == num)
7900 {
7901 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7902 match = 1;
7903 function (b);
7904 if (related_breakpoint)
7905 function (related_breakpoint);
7906 break;
7907 }
7908 if (match == 0)
7909 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7910 }
7911 p = p1;
7912 }
7913 }
7914
7915 static struct bp_location *
7916 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7917 {
7918 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7919 char *p1;
7920 int bp_num;
7921 int loc_num;
7922 struct breakpoint *b;
7923 struct bp_location *loc;
7924
7925 *dot = '\0';
7926
7927 p1 = number;
7928 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7929 if (bp_num == 0)
7930 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7931
7932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7933 if (b->number == bp_num)
7934 {
7935 break;
7936 }
7937
7938 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7939 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7940
7941 p1 = dot+1;
7942 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7943 if (loc_num == 0)
7944 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7945
7946 --loc_num;
7947 loc = b->loc;
7948 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7949 ;
7950 if (!loc)
7951 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7952
7953 return loc;
7954 }
7955
7956
7957 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7958 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7959 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7960
7961 void
7962 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7963 {
7964 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7965 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7966 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7967 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7968 return;
7969
7970 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7971 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7972 return;
7973
7974 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7975
7976 update_global_location_list (0);
7977
7978 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7979 }
7980
7981 static void
7982 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7983 {
7984 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7985 if (args == 0)
7986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7987 switch (bpt->type)
7988 {
7989 case bp_none:
7990 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7991 bpt->number);
7992 continue;
7993 case bp_breakpoint:
7994 case bp_tracepoint:
7995 case bp_catchpoint:
7996 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7997 case bp_watchpoint:
7998 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7999 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8000 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8001 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
8002 default:
8003 continue;
8004 }
8005 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8006 {
8007 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8008 if (loc)
8009 loc->enabled = 0;
8010 update_global_location_list (0);
8011 }
8012 else
8013 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
8014 }
8015
8016 static void
8017 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
8018 {
8019 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
8020 struct value *mark;
8021
8022 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8023 {
8024 int i;
8025 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8026 target_resources_ok =
8027 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8028 i + 1, 0);
8029 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8030 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8031 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8032 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8033 }
8034
8035 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
8036 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
8037 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
8038 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
8039 {
8040 struct gdb_exception e;
8041
8042 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8043 {
8044 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
8045 }
8046 if (e.reason < 0)
8047 {
8048 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
8049 bpt->number);
8050 return;
8051 }
8052 }
8053
8054 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
8055 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8056 bpt->disposition = disposition;
8057 update_global_location_list (1);
8058 breakpoints_changed ();
8059
8060 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
8061 }
8062
8063
8064 void
8065 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8066 {
8067 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
8068 }
8069
8070 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
8071 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
8072 in stopping the inferior. */
8073
8074 static void
8075 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8076 {
8077 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8078 if (args == 0)
8079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8080 switch (bpt->type)
8081 {
8082 case bp_none:
8083 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8084 bpt->number);
8085 continue;
8086 case bp_breakpoint:
8087 case bp_tracepoint:
8088 case bp_catchpoint:
8089 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8090 case bp_watchpoint:
8091 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8092 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8093 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8094 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8095 default:
8096 continue;
8097 }
8098 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8099 {
8100 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8101 if (loc)
8102 loc->enabled = 1;
8103 update_global_location_list (1);
8104 }
8105 else
8106 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8107 }
8108
8109 static void
8110 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8111 {
8112 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8113 }
8114
8115 static void
8116 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8117 {
8118 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8119 }
8120
8121 static void
8122 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8123 {
8124 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8125 }
8126
8127 static void
8128 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8129 {
8130 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8131 }
8132 \f
8133 static void
8134 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8135 {
8136 }
8137
8138 static void
8139 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8140 {
8141 }
8142
8143 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8144
8145 struct symtabs_and_lines
8146 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8147 {
8148 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8149 if (string == 0)
8150 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8151 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8152 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8153 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8154 default_breakpoint_line,
8155 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8156 else
8157 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8158 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8159 if (*string)
8160 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8161 return sals;
8162 }
8163
8164 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8165 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8166 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8167 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8168 someday. */
8169
8170 void *
8171 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8172 {
8173 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8174
8175 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8176 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8177
8178 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8179 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8180 {
8181 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8182 xfree (bp_tgt);
8183 return NULL;
8184 }
8185
8186 return bp_tgt;
8187 }
8188
8189 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8190
8191 int
8192 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8193 {
8194 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8195 int ret;
8196
8197 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8198 xfree (bp_tgt);
8199
8200 return ret;
8201 }
8202
8203 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8204
8205 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8206
8207 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8208
8209 void
8210 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8211 {
8212 void **bpt_p;
8213
8214 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8215 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8216 else
8217 {
8218 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8219 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8220 }
8221
8222 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8223 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8224 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8225 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8226 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8227 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8228
8229 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8230 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8231 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8232 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8233 }
8234
8235 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8236
8237 void
8238 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8239 {
8240 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8241
8242 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8243 call. */
8244 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8245 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8246
8247 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8248 {
8249 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8250 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8251 }
8252 }
8253
8254 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8255
8256 static int
8257 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8258 {
8259 int i;
8260
8261 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8262 {
8263 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8264 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8265 return 1;
8266 }
8267
8268 return 0;
8269 }
8270
8271 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
8272
8273 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
8274 static void
8275 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
8276 {
8277 tracepoint_count = num;
8278 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"),
8279 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
8280 }
8281
8282 void
8283 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8284 {
8285 break_command_really (arg,
8286 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8287 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
8288 1 /* traceflag */,
8289 0 /* Ignore count */,
8290 pending_break_support,
8291 NULL,
8292 from_tty,
8293 1 /* enabled */);
8294 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8295 }
8296
8297 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
8298 omitted. */
8299
8300 static void
8301 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty)
8302 {
8303 struct breakpoint *b;
8304 int tps_to_list = 0;
8305
8306 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
8307 if (tpnum_exp == 0)
8308 {
8309 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8310 {
8311 if (b->number >= 0)
8312 {
8313 tps_to_list = 1;
8314 break;
8315 }
8316 }
8317 if (!tps_to_list)
8318 {
8319 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
8320 return;
8321 }
8322 }
8323
8324 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
8325 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp, from_tty);
8326 }
8327
8328 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
8329 Not supported by all targets. */
8330 static void
8331 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8332 {
8333 enable_command (args, from_tty);
8334 }
8335
8336 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
8337 Not supported by all targets. */
8338 static void
8339 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8340 {
8341 disable_command (args, from_tty);
8342 }
8343
8344 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
8345 static void
8346 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8347 {
8348 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
8349
8350 dont_repeat ();
8351
8352 if (arg == 0)
8353 {
8354 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
8355
8356 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8357 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8358 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8359 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8360 {
8361 if (b->number >= 0)
8362 {
8363 breaks_to_delete = 1;
8364 break;
8365 }
8366 }
8367
8368 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8369 if (!from_tty
8370 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
8371 {
8372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
8373 {
8374 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint &&
8375 b->number >= 0)
8376 delete_breakpoint (b);
8377 }
8378 }
8379 }
8380 else
8381 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
8382 }
8383
8384 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
8385
8386 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
8387 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
8388 Also accepts special argument "all". */
8389
8390 static void
8391 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8392 {
8393 struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2;
8394 unsigned int count;
8395 int all = 0;
8396
8397 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8398 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
8399
8400 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
8401
8402 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
8403 args++;
8404
8405 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
8406 {
8407 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
8408 all = 1;
8409 if (*args)
8410 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8411 }
8412 else
8413 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1);
8414
8415 do
8416 {
8417 if (t1)
8418 {
8419 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2)
8420 if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2)
8421 {
8422 t2->pass_count = count;
8423 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number);
8424 if (from_tty)
8425 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
8426 t2->number, count);
8427 }
8428 if (! all && *args)
8429 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0);
8430 }
8431 }
8432 while (*args);
8433 }
8434
8435 struct breakpoint *
8436 get_tracepoint (int num)
8437 {
8438 struct breakpoint *t;
8439
8440 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8441 if (t->number == num)
8442 return t;
8443
8444 return NULL;
8445 }
8446
8447 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
8448 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
8449 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
8450 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
8451 struct breakpoint *
8452 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p)
8453 {
8454 extern int tracepoint_count;
8455 struct breakpoint *t;
8456 int tpnum;
8457 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
8458
8459 if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
8460 {
8461 if (optional_p)
8462 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
8463 else
8464 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
8465 }
8466 else
8467 tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg);
8468
8469 if (tpnum <= 0)
8470 {
8471 if (instring && *instring)
8472 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
8473 instring);
8474 else
8475 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
8476 return NULL;
8477 }
8478
8479 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8480 if (t->number == tpnum)
8481 {
8482 return t;
8483 }
8484
8485 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
8486 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
8487 allow us to discover this. */
8488 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
8489 return NULL;
8490 }
8491
8492 /* save-tracepoints command */
8493 static void
8494 tracepoint_save_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8495 {
8496 struct breakpoint *tp;
8497 int any_tp = 0;
8498 struct action_line *line;
8499 FILE *fp;
8500 char *i1 = " ", *i2 = " ";
8501 char *indent, *actionline, *pathname;
8502 char tmp[40];
8503 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8504
8505 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8506 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
8507
8508 /* See if we have anything to save. */
8509 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8510 {
8511 any_tp = 1;
8512 break;
8513 }
8514 if (!any_tp)
8515 {
8516 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
8517 return;
8518 }
8519
8520 pathname = tilde_expand (args);
8521 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
8522 if (!(fp = fopen (pathname, "w")))
8523 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
8524 args, safe_strerror (errno));
8525 make_cleanup_fclose (fp);
8526
8527 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8528 {
8529 if (tp->addr_string)
8530 fprintf (fp, "trace %s\n", tp->addr_string);
8531 else
8532 {
8533 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
8534 fprintf (fp, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp);
8535 }
8536
8537 if (tp->pass_count)
8538 fprintf (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
8539
8540 if (tp->actions)
8541 {
8542 fprintf (fp, " actions\n");
8543 indent = i1;
8544 for (line = tp->actions; line; line = line->next)
8545 {
8546 struct cmd_list_element *cmd;
8547
8548 QUIT; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
8549 actionline = line->action;
8550 while (isspace ((int) *actionline))
8551 actionline++;
8552
8553 fprintf (fp, "%s%s\n", indent, actionline);
8554 if (*actionline != '#') /* skip for comment lines */
8555 {
8556 cmd = lookup_cmd (&actionline, cmdlist, "", -1, 1);
8557 if (cmd == 0)
8558 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline);
8559 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, while_stepping_pseudocommand))
8560 indent = i2;
8561 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, end_actions_pseudocommand))
8562 indent = i1;
8563 }
8564 }
8565 }
8566 }
8567 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8568 if (from_tty)
8569 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args);
8570 return;
8571 }
8572
8573 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
8574
8575 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
8576 all_tracepoints ()
8577 {
8578 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
8579 struct breakpoint *tp;
8580
8581 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8582 {
8583 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
8584 }
8585
8586 return tp_vec;
8587 }
8588
8589 \f
8590 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8591 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8592 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8593 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8594 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8595 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8596 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8597 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8598 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8599 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8600 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8601 \n\
8602 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8603 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8604 \n\
8605 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8606 \n\
8607 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8608
8609 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
8610 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
8611
8612 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
8613 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
8614
8615 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
8616 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
8617 static void
8618 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
8619 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
8620 struct cmd_list_element *command),
8621 void *user_data_catch,
8622 void *user_data_tcatch)
8623 {
8624 struct cmd_list_element *command;
8625
8626 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8627 &catch_cmdlist);
8628 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8629 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
8630
8631 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8632 &tcatch_cmdlist);
8633 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8634 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
8635 }
8636
8637 void
8638 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8639 {
8640 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8641 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8642 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8643
8644 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8645
8646 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8647 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8648 before a breakpoint is set. */
8649 breakpoint_count = 0;
8650
8651 tracepoint_count = 0;
8652
8653 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8654 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8655 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8656 if (xdb_commands)
8657 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8658
8659 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8660 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8661 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8662 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8663 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8664 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8665 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8666 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8667
8668 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8669 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8670 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8671 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8672
8673 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8674 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8675 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8676 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8677 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8678 \n"
8679 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8680 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8681
8682 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8683 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8684 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8685 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8686 \n"
8687 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8688 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8689
8690 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8691 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8692 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8693 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8694 \n"
8695 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8696 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8697
8698 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8699 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8700 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8701 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8702 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8703 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8704 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8705 if (xdb_commands)
8706 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8707 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8708 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8709 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8710 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8711 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8712
8713 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8714
8715 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8716 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8717 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8718 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8719 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8720 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8721
8722 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8723 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8724 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8725 &enablebreaklist);
8726
8727 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8728 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8729 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8730 &enablebreaklist);
8731
8732 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8733 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8734 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8735 &enablelist);
8736
8737 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8738 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8739 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8740 &enablelist);
8741
8742 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8743 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8744 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8745 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8746 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8747 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8748 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8749 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8750 if (xdb_commands)
8751 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8752 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8753 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8754 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8755 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8756
8757 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8758 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8759 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8760 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8761 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8762 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8763 &disablelist);
8764
8765 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8766 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8767 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8768 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8769 \n\
8770 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8771 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8772 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8773 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8774 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8775 if (xdb_commands)
8776 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8777 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8778 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8779 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8780
8781 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8782 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8783 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8784 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8785 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8786 &deletelist);
8787
8788 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8789 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8790 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8791 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8792 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8793 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8794 \n\
8795 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8796 is executing in.\n\
8797 \n\
8798 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8799
8800 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8801 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8802 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8803 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8804
8805 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8806 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8807 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8808 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8809
8810 if (xdb_commands)
8811 {
8812 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8813 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8814 }
8815
8816 if (dbx_commands)
8817 {
8818 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8819 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8820 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8821 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8822 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8823 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8824 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8825 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8826 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8827 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8828 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8829 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8830 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8831 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8832 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8833 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8834 \n\
8835 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8836 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8837 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8838 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8839 breakpoint set."));
8840 }
8841
8842 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8843 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8844 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8845 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8846 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8847 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8848 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8849 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8850 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8851 \n\
8852 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8853 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8854 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8855 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8856 breakpoint set."));
8857
8858 if (xdb_commands)
8859 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8860 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8861 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8862 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8863 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8864 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8865 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8866 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8867 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8868 \n\
8869 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8870 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8871 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8872 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8873 breakpoint set."));
8874
8875 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8876 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8877 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8878 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8879 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8880 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8881 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8882 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8883 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8884 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8885 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8886 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8887 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8888 \n\
8889 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8890 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8891 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8892 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8893 breakpoint set."),
8894 &maintenanceinfolist);
8895
8896 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8897 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
8898 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
8899 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8900
8901 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8902 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
8903 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
8904 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8905
8906 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
8907 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
8908 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
8909 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8910 catch_catch_command,
8911 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8912 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8913 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
8914 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
8915 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8916 catch_throw_command,
8917 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8918 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8919 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
8920 catch_fork_command_1,
8921 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
8922 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
8923 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
8924 catch_fork_command_1,
8925 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
8926 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
8927 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
8928 catch_exec_command_1,
8929 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8930 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8931 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
8932 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
8933 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8934 catch_ada_exception_command,
8935 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8936 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8937 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
8938 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
8939 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8940 catch_assert_command,
8941 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8942 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8943
8944 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8945 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8946 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8947 an expression changes."));
8948 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8949
8950 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8951 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8952 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8953 an expression is read."));
8954 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8955
8956 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8957 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8958 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8959 an expression is either read or written."));
8960 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8961
8962 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8963 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8964
8965
8966 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8967 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8968 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8969 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8970 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8971 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8972 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8973 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8974 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8975 hardware.)"),
8976 NULL,
8977 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8978 &setlist, &showlist);
8979
8980 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8981
8982 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
8983
8984 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
8985 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
8986 \n"
8987 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
8988 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
8989 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8990
8991 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
8992 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8993 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8994 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8995
8996 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
8997 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
8998 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
8999 last tracepoint set."));
9000
9001 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
9002
9003 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
9004 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
9005 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
9006 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
9007 &deletelist);
9008
9009 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
9010 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
9011 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
9012 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
9013 &disablelist);
9014 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
9015
9016 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
9017 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
9018 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
9019 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
9020 &enablelist);
9021 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
9022
9023 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
9024 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
9025 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
9026 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
9027 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
9028
9029 c = add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace, tracepoint_save_command, _("\
9030 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
9031 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
9032 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
9033
9034 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
9035 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
9036 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
9037 pending breakpoint behavior"),
9038 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
9039 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
9040 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
9041 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
9042 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
9043 pending breakpoint behavior"),
9044 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
9045 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
9046
9047 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
9048 &pending_break_support, _("\
9049 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
9050 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
9051 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
9052 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
9053 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
9054 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
9055 NULL,
9056 show_pending_break_support,
9057 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9058 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9059
9060 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
9061
9062 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
9063 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
9064 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9065 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9066 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
9067 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
9068 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
9069 NULL,
9070 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
9071 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9072 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9073
9074 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
9075 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
9076 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9077 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9078 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
9079 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
9080 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
9081 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
9082 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
9083 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
9084 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
9085 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
9086 NULL,
9087 &show_always_inserted_mode,
9088 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9089 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9090
9091 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
9092
9093 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
9094 }
This page took 0.525047 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.